Skip to main content

Full text of "Cuba and U.S. policy : hearing before the Subcommittee on the Western Hemisphere of the Committee on International Relations, House of Representatives, One Hundred Fourth Congress, first session, February 23, 1995"

See other formats


(s: 


CUBA  AND  U.S.  POLICY 

Y  4.  IN  8/16:  C  89/7 

Cuba  and  U.S.   Policg/   104-1  Hearing... 

HEARING 

BEFORE  THE 

SUBCOMMITTEE  OX 
THE  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE 

OF  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

ONE  HUNDRED  FOURTH  CONGRESS 

FIRST  SESSION 


FEBRUARY  23,  1995 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  International  Relations 


M  J  8 


U.S.   GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
WASHINGTON  :  1995 


For  sale  by  the  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  Congressional  Sales  Office,  Washington,  DC  20402 
ISBN   0-16-047156-7 


^ 


.S.  POLICY 

Y4,INB/16:C  89/7 

Cuba  and  U.S.   Policy,   104-1  Hearing... 

HEARING 

BEFORE  THE 

SUBCOMMITTEE  OX 
THE  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE 

OF  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

HOUSE  OP  REPRESENTATIVES 

ONE  HUNDRED  FOURTH  CONGRESS 
FIRST  SESSION 


FEBRUARY  23,  1995 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  International  Relations 


M  f  8  fS35 


U.S.   GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
90-346  WASHINGTON  :  1995 

For  sale  by  the  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  Congressional  Sales  Office,  Washington,  DC  20402 
ISBN   0-16-047156-7 


COMMITTEE  ON  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 


BENJAMIN  A.  OILMAN,  New  York,  Chairman 


WILLIAM  F.  GOODLING,  Pennsylvania 

JAMES  A.  LEACH,  Iowa 

TOBY  ROTH,  Wisconsin 

HENRY  J.  HYDE,  Illinois 

DOUG  BEREUTER,  Nebraska 

CHRISTOPHER  H,  SMITH,  New  Jersey 

DAN  BURTON,  Indiana 

JAN  MEYERS,  Kansas 

ELTON  GALLEGLY,  California 

ILEANA  ROS-LEHTINEN,  Florida 

CASS  BALLENGER,  North  Carolina 

DANA  ROHRABACHER,  California 

DONALD  A.  MANZULLO,  Illinois 

EDWARD  R.  ROYCE,  California 

PETER  T.  KING,  New  York 

JAY  KIM,  California 

SAM  BROWNBACK,  Kansas 

DAVID  FUNDERBURK,  North  Carolina 

STEVEN  J.  CHABOT,  Ohio 

MARSHALL  "MARK"  SANFORD,  South 

Carolina 
MATT  SALMON,  Arizona 
AMO  HOUGHTON,  New  York 

Richard  J.  Garon,  Chief  of  Staff 
Michael  H.  Van  Dusen,  Minority  Chief  of  Staff 


LEE  H.  HAMILTON,  Indiana 

SAM  GEJDENSON,  Connecticut 

TOM  LANTOS,  California 

ROBERT  G.  TORRICELLI,  New  Jersey 

HOWARD  L.  BERMAN,  CaUfornia 

GARY  L.  ACKERMAN,  New  York 

HARRY  JOHNSTON,  Florida 

ELIOT  L.  ENGEL,  New  York 

ENI  F.H.  FALEOMAVAEGA,  American 

Samoa 
MATTHEW  G.  MARTINEZ,  CaUfornia 
DONALD  M.  PAYNE,  New  Jersey 
ROBERT  E.  ANDREWS,  New  Jersey 
ROBERT  MENENDEZ,  New  Jersey 
SHERROD  BROWN,  Ohio 
CYNTHIA  A.  McKINNEY,  Georgia 
ALCEE  L.  HASTINGS,  Florida 
ALBERT  RUSSELL  WYNN,  Maryland 
MICHAEL  R.  McNULTY,  New  York 
JAMES  P.  MORAN,  Virginia 
VICTOR  O.  FRAZER,  Virgin  Islands  (Ind.) 


Subcommittee  on  the  Western  Hemisphere 

DAN  BURTON,  Indiana,  Chairman 
ILEANA  ROS-LEHTINEN,  Florida  ROBERT  G.  TORRICELLI,  New  Jersey 

CASS  BALLENGER,  North  Carolina  ROBERT  MENENDEZ,  New  Jersey 

CHRISTOPHER  SMITH,  New  Jersey  ALBERT  RUSSELL  WYNN,  Maryland 

ELTON  GALLEGLY,  Calfomia  TOM  LANTOS,  California 

PETER  T.  KING,  New  York  MATTHEW  G.  MARTINEZ,  California 

(Vacancy) 

GiLEAD  Kapen,  Subcommittee  Staff  Director 

ScOTT  Wilson,  Democratic  Professional  Staff  Member 

Scott  Feeney,  Professional  Staff  Member 

Anita  Winsor,  Staff  Associate 


(II) 


CONTENTS 


WITNESSES 

Page 

Hon.  Lincoln  Diaz-Balart,  a  Representative  in  Congress  from  the  State  of 

Florida 10 

Constantine  Menges,  research  professor,  George  Washington  University  11 

Jorge  Mas  Canosa,  chairman,  Cuban  American  National  Foundation  14 

Mark  Falcoff,  resident  scholar,  American  Enterprise  Institute 30 

Gillian  Gunn,  director  of  the  Cuba  Project,  Georgetown  University 32 

Otto  J.  Reich,  president.  United  States-Cuba  Business  Council  35 

APPENDIX 

Prepared  statements: 

Constantine  Menges  47 

Jorge  Mas  Canosa   56 

MarkFalcofF 61 

Gillian  Gunn  66 

Otto  J.  Reich  81 

Material  Submitted  for  the  Record 

"Cuba's  Hall  of  Shame,"  a  list  of  companies  compiled  by  the  Cuban  American 
National  Foundation  88 

"Cuba's  NGO's:  Government  Puppets  or  Seeds  of  Civil  Society?"  an  article 
from  Georgetown  University's  Cuba  Briefing  Paper  Series,  February  1995, 
by  Gillian  Gunn 91 

'The  Lion  in  Winter,"  an  article  from  Time  Magazine,  February  20,  1995, 
by  Kevin  Fedarko  101 

(III) 


CUBA  AND  UNITED  STATES  POLICY 


THURSDAY,  FEBRUARY  23,  1995 

House  of  Representatives, 
Subcommittee  on  Western  Hemisphere, 
Committee  on  International  Relations, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  subcommittee  met,  pursuant  to  call,  at  2  p.m.,  in  room  2172, 
Rayburn  House  Office  Building,  Hon.  Dan  Burton  (chairman  of  the 
subcommittee)  presiding. 

Mr.  Burton.  I  will  call  this  hearing  to  order.  If  you  could  take 
your  seats,  please,  as  quickly  as  possible. 

Good  afternoon,  ladies  and  gentlemen.  It  is  my  pleasure  to  wel- 
come you  to  our  subcommittee  hearing  today.  We  will  be  focusing 
on  the  current  situation  in  Cuba,  and  policy  options  for  the  United 
States  of  America. 

I  want  to  take  a  moment  at  the  outset  to  state  for  the  record  my 
intense  disappointment  and  disgust  with  the  fact  that  the  State 
Department  did  not  see  fit  to  provide  us  with  a  witness  for  this  im- 
portant hearing.  Up  until  yesterday,  we  were  expecting  Deputy  As- 
sistant Secretary  Skol  to  participate  in  this  hearing. 

Yesterday,  we  were  informed  by  Legislative  Affairs  that  not  only 
was  Ambassador  Skol  unavailable  due  to  an  unidentified  "conflict," 
but  that  the  administration  was  not  even  going  to  send  a  replace- 
ment. 

I  do  not  want  to  cast  aspersions  at  any  one  individual,  but  there 
are  people  in  the  administration,  and  I  believe  that  Morton 
Halperin  is  one  at  the  NSC,  who  have  a  different  opinion  about  our 
policy  toward  Cuba.  One  wonders  if  that  kind  of  influence  is  being 
exerted  on  the  State  Department  to  keep  them  from  testifying  at 
a  hearing  like  this.  I  hope  that  is  not  the  case,  because  we  believe 
that  administration  representatives  should  be  here,  and  should 
state  the  administration's  views  on  issues  of  this  magnitude. 

All  of  this  took  place  yesterday,  despite  the  fact  that  the  adminis- 
tration, according  to  a  very  reliable  source,  had  already  prepared 
testimony  for  this  hearing.  This  attitude  is  unacceptable,  and  only 
serves  to  poison  the  atmosphere  between  the  subcommittee  and  the 
administration.  We  do  not  want  that  to  happen.  We  want  to  have 
a  good  working  relationship. 

As  I  mentioned  several  weeks  ago,  we  intend  to  make  the  democ- 
ratization of  Cuba  a  high  priority  for  this  subcommittee.  As  the 
only  nondemocratic  country  in  this  hemisphere,  Cuba  deserves  our 
full  attention.  We  intend  to  hold  many  hearings  to  cast  light  upon 
what  is  happening  in  Cuba.  It  is  my  most  fervent  hope  that  during 

(1) 


this  Congress  we  will  witness  the  liberation  of  Cuba  from  Com- 
munist oppression. 

This  past  weekend,  I  led  a  bipartisan  delegation  to  Guantanamo 
Bay  and  Haiti.  Several  of  my  colleagues  here  with  me  today  were 
on  the  trip.  I  think  that  I  speak  for  all  of  them  when  I  say  that 
we  were  profoundly  moved  by  what  we  saw  in  the  safe  haven 
camps  in  Guantanamo,  Cuba. 

We  met  with  the  base  commanders,  with  many  camp  leaders, 
and  many  of  the  Cubans  now  residing  in  Guantanamo.  Almost 
30,000  Cuban  people — men,  women,  and  children — are  living  there 
in  a  state  of  limbo. 

We  learned  that  many  of  them  were  literally  forced  to  leave  their 
homes  in  Cuba,  often  on  rafts  and  vessels  completely  unseaworthy. 
One  man  told  us  of  being  threatened  by  one  of  Castro's  henchmen 
with  a  15-year  jail  sentence  if  he  did  not  leave  Cuba  with  his  fam- 
ily within  48  hours. 

A  person  like  that  certainly  should  not  be  kept  in  limbo  in  Guan- 
tanamo. He  was  forced  to  leave.  He  was  seeking  freedom,  and  set 
out  on  the  high  seas  despite  a  high  probability  of  d3dng.  Yet  now 
we  are  keeping  him  in  Guantanamo.  We  should  have  a  better  ap- 
proach to  solving  his  problem.  There  are  many  like  him  down 
there. 

Anyone  who  has  read  Armando  Valladares'  moving  book, 
"Against  All  Hope,"  or  who  knows  an3rthing  about  Cuban  prisons, 
will  immediately  understand  the  implications  of  threats  like  those 
that  I  just  mentioned. 

It  is  crystal  clear  that  Castro  himself  provoked  this  mass  exodus, 
and  created  this  human  tragedy.  His  Communist  dictatorship  in- 
tends to  rid  the  country  periodically  of  the  most  likely  sources  of 
discontent,  thereby  creating  a  pressure  escape  valve  for  him  and 
his  dictatorship. 

We  must  not  allow  Castro  to  obtain  this  relief,  and  thus  prolong 
the  suffering  of  the  Cuban  people.  Part  of  the  reason  we  are  here 
today  is  to  talk  about  how  to  best  promote  democracy  in  Cuba. 
First,  this  means  figuring  out  how  to  remove  Fidel  Castro  and  his 
dictatorship  from  the  scene. 

Nothing  illustrates  more  graphically  the  sheer  evil  of  the  Castro 
dictatorship  than  the  sight  of  so  many  decent,  hard-working,  pa- 
tient, dignified  Cuban  citizens  forced  to  live  in  Guantanamo.  Many 
are  doctors,  lawyers,  and  other  professionals  forced  into  these  dif- 
ficult circumstances  through  no  fault  of  their  own. 

Our  military  in  Guantanamo  are,  according  to  what  I  saw,  per- 
forming admirably  under  very  difficult  circumstances.  However, 
conditions  for  the  displaced  Cubans  are  very  difficult  despite  the 
best  efforts  of  our  American  troops. 

Guantanamo  is  not  a  long-term  solution,  although  we  were  told 
that  they  were  building  facilities  that  would  house  them  for  as  long 
as  5  to  10  years.  That  is  unthinkable  in  my  opinion. 

Furthermore,  it  is  costing  the  U.S.  taxpayers  $1  million  a  day  to 
maintain  these  camps.  Cuban-American  groups  such  as  the  Cuban- 
American  National  Foundation  are  organizing  efforts  to  ensure 
that  the  migrants  have  jobs,  housing,  and  private  schooling  for 
their  children. 


Under  these  circumstances,  would  it  not  be  more  humane  and 
more  cost  effective  to  allow  these  people  to  come  to  the  United 
States? 

I  think  that  we  ought  to  study  this  option.  I  want  to  emphasize 
that  this  situation  is  not  analogous  to  that  of  the  illegal  aliens  that 
are  flooding  across  our  borders  from  other  areas. 

These  are  people  who  would  not  be  a  drag  on  the  U.S.  public  re- 
sources and  the  taxpayers  of  this  country.  On  the  contrary,  the 
likelihood  is  that  they  will  be  productive  taxpayers  very  quickly. 

I  heard,  for  example,  about  one  young  man  who  1  month  ago  was 
stuck  in  Guantanamo.  Now,  after  being  allowed  to  come  to  Amer- 
ica, he  is  happily  and  productively  working  at  a  restaurant  in 
Miami.  Our  hearing  today  will  explore  the  wider  issue  of  policy  to- 
ward Cuba,  but  let  us  keep  foremost  in  our  mind  that  our  first  pri- 
ority must  be  to  consider  the  implications  of  American  policy  on 
human  lives — Cuban  and  American  lives.  That  humanitarian  im- 
pulse, ladies  and  gentlemen,  is  nothing  less  than  the  American 
way. 

And  with  that,  I  will  be  happy  to  yield  to  my  colleague  and  the 
ranking  member,  Mr.  Torricelli. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  very  much. 

This  subcommittee  has  a  long  and  proud  tradition.  It  is  a  com- 
mittee that  has  not  simply  confirmed  United  States  foreign  policy; 
but  with  regard  to  Cuba  specifically  and  Latin  America  generally, 
it  made  United  States  Government  policy. 

I  am  very  pleased,  Mr.  Chairman,  given  your  enthusiasm,  and 
ability,  and  your  stated  intentions,  that  you  intend  to  follow  that 
tradition. 

Indeed,  if  there  is  any  committee  in  this  Congress  that  ap- 
proaches its  responsibilities  on  not  only  a  bipartisan  basis,  but 
without  philosophical  differences  in  common  and  determined  pur- 
pose, it  is  the  Western  Hemisphere  Subcommittee  of  the  Inter- 
national Relations  Committee. 

I  am,  therefore,  very  proud  that  you  called  this  hearing  today, 
only  2  weeks  after  together  we  have  introduced  new  legislation, 
which  is  the  next  logical  step  in  the  Cuban  Democracy  Act,  con- 
tinuing the  tighten  the  embargo  against  Fidel  Castro's  dictatorship. 

Our  policy  from  the  outset,  Mr.  Chairman,  has  been  clear.  We 
have  stated  to  everyone  that  we  will  go  an3rwhere  and  do  an3rthing 
for  whatever  is  required  to  assure  that  freedom  is  returned  to  the 
Cuban  people. 

I  know  that  when  the  Cuban  Democracy  Act  was  passed  that 
Fidel  Castro  thought  that  he  had  survived  the  worst.  Then  we  went 
to  the  Russians  to  talk  to  them  about  their  subsidized  oil.  Castro 
adjusted.  And  then  we  went  to  the  Venezuelans  to  talk  about  their 
oil  credit.  Then  he  went  for  Mexican  investment.  And  then  we  dealt 
with  the  question  of  Mexican  subsidized  assistance. 

We  have  proven  by  our  deeds  that  no  matter  how  hard  Castro 
works,  no  matter  what  price  he  is  willing  to  have  the  Cuban  people 
pay  in  the  loss  of  their  freedom,  we  will  work  just  as  hard,  and  we 
will  do  just  as  much.  And  we  will  never,  never  stop  fighting  to  en- 
sure that  this  dictatorship  is  brought  to  an  end. 

I  look  forward  therefore,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  working  with  you 
under  your  leadership.  The  new  legislation  that  we  have  drafted 


can  and  should  become  the  law  of  the  U.S.  Government.  We  give 
those  who  would  profit  by  the  blood  of  the  Cuban  people  a  simple 
choice.  To  our  friends  in  Spain,  and  in  Canada,  and  Mexico,  they 
can  come  to  their  own  determination.  They  can  invest  in  the  falter- 
ing economy  of  Cuba,  or  they  can  continue  to  have  access  to  the 
United  States  of  America.  They  will  not  have  both. 

We  welcome  investment  and  travel  by  people  from  throughout 
the  world.  But  our  circumstances  in  this  country  are  not  such  that 
we  need  to  invite  and  encourage  people  to  visit  our  country,  who 
would  seek  to  make  a  living  for  themselves  by  profiting  on  the  mis- 
ery of  those  that  are  held  in  bondage  in  Cuba. 

That  is  a  central  element  of  the  new  legislation  that  we  have  in- 
troduced, but  it  is  not  the  end.  To  those  who  would  be  listening  to 
us  in  Havana,  trying  to  come  to  their  own  determination  about 
whether  to  remain  with  the  Castro  dictatorship  or  strike  out  and 
create  a  new  government,  listen  to  us  very  carefully.  This  is  not  the 
end.  This  is  not  as  bad  as  it  can  get.  And  we  have  not  begun  to 
tire. 

Those  in  positions  of  responsibility  in  the  Cuban  Government 
need  to  come  to  their  own  decisions,  and  stand  up  for  their  country 
and  for  its  freedom.  We  are  here  to  help,  and  we  are  here  to  do 
whatever  is  required.  But  ultimately,  this  much  must  be  clear  by 
the  actions  of  this  committee  and  the  new  legislation  that  we  have 
introduced.  And  that  is  simply  that  as  we  see  Castro  adjust,  we 
shall  also  adjust  the  laws  of  this  country. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  also  particularly  pleased  that  in  addition  to 
the  members  of  this  subcommittee,  that  we  have  brought  before  us 
today  people  who  are  architects  of  our  policy,  and  who  helped  in 
enormous  ways  with  the  Cuban  Democracy  Act. 

Together  with  the  members  of  this  committee,  no  one  has  fought 
more  in  this  Congress  than  Lincoln  Diaz-Balart.  He  is  a  friend,  and 
he  is  a  great  leader.  His  service  has  been  invaluable.  And  of  course, 
Jorge  Mas-Canosa,  without  whom  many  would  have  consigned 
Cuba  to  permanent  economic  and  political  slavery  a  long  time  ago. 
He  brought  this  issue  to  many  of  us  in  the  Congress.  He  is  the  rea- 
son that  we  have  come  so  far.  And  ultimately,  he  is  the  principal 
reason  as  to  why  we  shall  succeed  to  restoring  freedom  to  the 
Cuban  people. 

I  think  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  yielding  me  the  time,  and  for 
holding  this  hearing,  and  for  helping  us  again  with  new  legislation. 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Torricelli.  I  would  like  to  say  once 
again,  and  I  do  not  want  to  sound  like  a  broken  record,  but  Mr. 
Torricelli  deserves  so  many  accolades  for  all  of  the  hard  work  that 
he  has  put  in,  during  previous  years  as  chairman  of  this  sub- 
committee. If  every  subcommittee  or  committee  in  the  House  had 
the  working  relationship  that  Mr.  Torricelli  and  I  have,  I  think 
that  this  place  would  function  a  lot  better.  I  thank  him  once  again 
for  his  tireless  efforts. 

With  that,  I  would  like  to  yield  to  my  dear  colleague,  Ms.  Ros- 
Lehtinen. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Thank  you  so  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

First  of  all,  welcome  to  Radio  and  TV  Marti.  I  know  that  they 
are  broadcasting  them  to  the  enslaved  people  of  Cuba.  So  we  wel- 
come them.  Bien  venidos  y  muchas  gracias  a  Radio  y  TV  Marti. 


I  would  like  to  echo  your  comments,  Mr.  Chairman,  about  the 
strong  disapproval  about  the  news  that  the  administration  is  not 
participating  in  this  hearing.  However,  I  am  optimistic  that  they 
are  using  this  time  to  write  their  positive  position  paper  on  the 
Helms-Burton  bill,  and  that  during  these  hours  they  are  taking  the 
time  to  formulate  their  administration  strategy  in  trying  to  have 
a  safe  and  prompt  passage  of  H.R.  927.  I  am  sure  that  that  is 
where  they  are  right  now. 

Mr.  Chairman,  tomorrow,  as  many  of  us  know,  February  24,  is 
a  great  celebration.  We  celebrate  the  100th  anniversary  of  Cuba's 
war  of  independence  known  popularly  as  el  grite  da  Ballei.  And  on 
that  day,  February  24,  1895,  the  Cuban  people  across  the  nation 
called  for  independence  and  freedom  from  their  Spanish  colonist  ty- 
rants. And  this  battle  for  freedom,  as  all  of  us  know,  lasted  until 
finally  the  realization  of  independence  in  the  year  1902. 

Well,  those  same  calls  for  freedom  are  still  being  heard,  whether 
from  the  thousands  of  Cubans  who  rebelled  in  the  streets  of  Ha- 
vana this  summer,  or  from  those  who  are  detained  in  the  camps 
of  Guantanamo.  Let  us  answer  those  calls  for  freedom  by  not  let- 
ting up  on  Castro  now  that  his  end  is  near. 

And  Mr.  Chairman,  I  hope  that  this  subcommittee  under  your 
very  able  leadership  will  ask  if  not  subpoena  United  States  execu- 
tives who  are  flaunting  United  States  laws,  and  are  courting  Cas- 
tro, and  have  them  come  before  this  subcommittee  to  answer  ques- 
tions about  their  participation  in  Cuba's  economy. 

The  Time  magazine  article  of  February  20  said,  and  I  quote. 

Eager  to  help  pave  the  way,  a  handful  of  savvy  consultants  from  New  York  City, 
Washington,  and  Miami  jet  in  monthly  to  maintain  relations  with  Cuban  officials 
for  American  companies  shy  of  openly  violating  U.S.  laws.  Other  firms  simply  take 
the  risk  themselves.  Executives  from  such  companies  such  as  Hyatt,  Marriott, 
Merck,  and  Eli  Lilly  have  been  seen  around  Havana.  One  Western  diplomat  in  Cuba 
laughs  at  the  increasingly  flagrant  violations. 

I  know,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  none  of  us  on  this  subcommittee  are 
laughing.  None  of  us  are  laughing  at  the  suffering  of  the  Cuban 
people.  And  I  hope,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  I  will  give  you  this  copy 
that  I  know  that  you  have,  that  our  subcommittee  will  make  a  very 
strong  statement  to  those  executives  of  American  companies  asking 
them  point  blank  what  their  participation  has  been,  and  if  they 
have  been  in  fact  violating  the  law. 

But  certainly,  this  hearing  today,  Mr.  Chairman,  is  a  very  timely 
one,  given  the  controversial  issue  of  United  States  policy  towards 
Cuba.  We  continue  to  rightly  maintain  the  U.S.  economic  embargo 
against  the  Castro  regime,  an  embargo  which  we  must  strengthen. 
And  we  will  soon  have  the  opportunity  to  do  so  under  the  recently 
introduced  legislation,  which  Lincoln  and  I  call  the  Helms-Burton 
bill,  that  is  the  right  way  to  pronounce  your  name  in  Miami,  the 
Cuban  Liberty  and  Democratic  Solidarity  Act. 

This  policy  is  in  response  to  the  reality  that  Castro  has  not 
changed  his  tyrannical  ways  in  the  36  years  that  he  has  been  in 
power.  In  today's  Cuba,  no  freedom  exists.  Just  as  Castro  took  over 
36  years  ago,  as  instituted  by  his  state  policy,  he  continues  to  ex- 
port violent  revolution  abroad,  as  the  recent  press  reports  uncover- 
ing Castro's  connection  to  the  Mexican  Zappatista  leader,  Marcos, 
fully  reveals. 


The  Cuban  dictator  continues  to  run  a  command-controlled  econ- 
omy with  the  Cuban  citizens  having  no  economic  freedom,  and 
where  private  property  is  prohibited,  and  hundreds  of  Cuban  citi- 
zens still  dwell  in  prisons  for  daring  to  speak  out  against  the  re- 
gime. 

And  even  though  communism  has  been  slowly  discredited  and 
mostly  vanished  from  the  world,  Castro  continues  to  hold  on  to  his 
failed  Marxist  philosophy,  as  he  himself  declared  in  that  recent 
interview. 

Given  these  facts,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  the  reality  that  Castro  is 
slowly  losing  grip  on  power,  now  is  the  time  to  increase  pressures 
on  his  regime.  The  embargo  has  been  working  effectively  since  it 
was  strengthened  through  the  Torricelli  bill  in  1992,  after  decades 
of  allowing  it  to  erode  almost  completely. 

The  embargo  has  strangled  Castro  and  has  denied  him  many  re- 
sources, which  he  desperately  needs  to  maintain  himself  in  power. 
Unfortunately,  yet  willingly,  many  foreign  investors  are  now  bail- 
ing out  Castro  without  regard  to  his  total  disregard  for  human 
rights,  and  for  the  political  rights  for  the  people  of  Cuba.  Thus,  the 
need  to  further  strengthen  the  embargo  through  the  Helms-Burton 
bill,  which  addresses  this  phenomenon. 

However,  our  Cuba  policy  became  incoherent  this  summer  when 
we  began  to  punish  those  Cuban  rafters  who  looked  toward  the 
United  States  as  their  last  beacon  of  hope.  Instead  of  opening  our 
arms  to  these  desperate  souls,  the  administration  preferred  to  de- 
tain them  at  camps  in  Guantanamo  and  formerly  in  Panama. 

Thus,  our  three-decade-old  commitment  to  receive  and  help 
those,  like  myself  who  escaped  the  repression  of  Castro,  was  indis- 
criminately broken. 

Mr.  Chairman,  as  you  correctly  pointed  out  in  your  opening 
statement,  many  members  of  this  subcommittee  just  returned  from 
Guantanamo,  and  saw  the  quality  of  the  people  detained  there, 
many  of  them  professionals,  some  young  and  some  old,  but  all  of 
them  dreaming  of  living  in  freedom,  and  democracy,  and  beginning 
a  new  life  of  opportunity  in  the  United  States. 

Unfortunately,  the  administration's  policy  of  detainment  has 
turned  to  ashes  the  dreams  and  the  aspirations  of  these  rafters  to 
live  in  freedom.  This  policy  makes  no  sense,  and  I  believe  it  cannot 
hold.  How  long  can  the  administration  detain  thousands  of  Cuban 
nationals  who  have  committed  no  crime.  How  long  will  we  continue 
to  punish  the  victims.  The  20,000,  30,000,  or  even  40,000  visas  are 
not  the  answers.  The  answer  is  to  rid  Cuba  of  Castro.  As  one  rafter 
put  it  to  us,  we  do  not  need  20,000  visas.  We  only  need  one  for 
Fidel,  and  one  for  Raoul. 

United  States  policy  toward  Cuba  stands  today  at  a  crossroads, 
and  the  choices  at  that  crossroads  are  clesir.  Will  the  United  States 
throw  Castro  a  life  preserver  at  a  time  when  he  is  drowning  by  fol- 
lowing a  policy  of  reconciliation  and  dialog,  or  will  we  continue  on 
the  path  that  we  reignited  in  1992  of  placing  strong  economic  and 
political  pressures  on  the  regime,  and  which  has  led  it  to  its  weak- 
est point  in  history. 

I  do  not  doubt  in  the  least  that  under  your  able  leadership,  Mr. 
Chairman,  that  we  will  take  that  correct  path  once  again.  Thank 
you. 


Mr.  Burton.  I  thank  the  gentlelady  for  her  comments.  I  can  as- 
sure you  that  if  this  committee  has  anything  to  do  with  it,  we  will 
not  throw  Mr.  Castro  a  life  raft.  We  will  throw  him  an  anchor. 

Let  me  also  say  in  reference  to  your  comments  about  the  Time 
magazine  article,  we  will  contact  any  company  that  we  believe  may 
be  doing  business  with  Cuba  in  violation  of  the  embargo,  and  ask 
them  to  explain  their  actions.  If  we  need  to,  we  will  call  them  be- 
fore the  committee.  If  we  need  to,  we  will  see  about  subpoenaing 
them. 

We  have  many  cosponsors  on  our  bill.  If  there  are  any  others 
who  would  like  to  cosponsor,  we  are  going  to  be  pushing  very  hard 
for  as  many  as  we  can  get  in  the  next  week  or  so.  If  any  of  my 
colleagues  have  not  yet  become  cosponsors,  I  hope  they  will.  I  urge 
my  committee  colleagues  to  try  to  get  additional  cosponsors  as  well. 

The  next  person  to  testify  is  Mr.  Lantos. 

Mr.  Lantos.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  just  want  to  make  a 
few  observations.  The  first  one,  of  course,  is  that  any  hearing  on 
Cuba,  as  long  as  the  Castro  regime  is  in  power,  is  a  hearing  on 
human  rights.  And  unfortunately,  we  learned  the  painful  lesson 
this  past  year  with  respect  to  China  that  looking  away  from  the 
issue  of  human  rights  and  proceeding  with  business  as  usual,  as 
some  of  us  predicted,  results  in  a  further  deterioration  of  human 
rights  conditions. 

What  has  been  going  on  in  China  is  appalling,  and  I  think  that 
it  has  great  relevance  for  Cuba.  If  you  read  the  morning  paper,  you 
find  that  our  Embassy  in  Beijing  is  now  putting  in  a  plea  for  the 
United  States  to  abandon  almost  completely  the  subject  of  human 
rights  in  its  dealings  with  China. 

We  have  paid  a  heavy  price  in  respect  by  the  international  com- 
munity, as  we  abandon  the  principle  of  human  rights  in  our  deal- 
ings with  China.  There  is  not  much  danger  that  the  same  mistake 
will  be  made  with  respect  to  Cuba.  Because  the  economic  interests 
pushing  for  normalization  of  relations  with  Cuba  are  not  nearly  as 
powerful  as  the  ones  that  resulted  in  the  change  of  United  States 
policy  toward  China. 

I  am  one  of  a  handful  of  members,  and  I  do  not  know  if  there 
were  any  others,  who  visited  Cuba  this  past  year.  And  while  I  have 
personal  experience  in  human  rights  violations  across  the  globe,  I 
have  rarely  seen  a  society  as  devoid  of  spirit,  as  devoid  of  openness, 
and  freedom,  and  liberty  as  the  crumbling  and  decaying  dictator- 
ship of  Fidel  Castro. 

It  would  be  the  ultimate  of  absurdity  to  relax  our  trade  restric- 
tions with  respect  to  Cuba.  This  regime  is  on  its  last  leg.  The 
Cuban  people,  God  only  knows,  deserve  better.  They  will  not  get 
better,  as  long  as  Castro  remains  in  power.  And  the  United  States 
has  an  opportunity  in  its  dealings  with  Cuba  to  be  true  to  its  own 
enunciated  principle  of  placing  human  rights  very  high  in  the 
range  of  issues  that  determine  our  foreign  policy  vis-a-vis  a  coun- 
try. 

I  wish  that  a  similar  set  of  priorities  could  exist  with  respect  to 
China.  But  those  who  could  not  care  less  about  human  rights  con- 
ditions in  China  have  prevailed  and  have  carried  the  day.  I  think 
that  we  have  enough  power  in  the  Congress  and  across  the  political 
spectrum  to  prevent  the  same  thing  happening  vis-a-vis  Cuba. 


8 

We  are  determined  to  see  to  it  that  the  people  of  Cuba  regain 
their  human  rights,  regain  their  right  of  self-determination,  and 
join  their  rightful  place  as  members  of  a  democratic  and  open  soci- 
ety here  in  the  hemisphere.  But  not  with  the  present  regime,  not 
with  the  suppression,  the  brutality,  the  cruelty,  the  torture,  the  in- 
carceration, the  lack  of  political  freedom,  and  press  freedom  that 
permeates  that  island,  so  deserving  of  a  better  future. 

It  is  indeed  true,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  when  we  work  on  a  biparti- 
san basis,  predicated  on  principle  and  not  political  expediency,  that 
we  can  be  proud  of  the  work  of  the  Congress.  I  think  that  at  the 
end  of  this  session  that  we  will  be  proud  of  the  work  of  this  sub- 
committee. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Lantos.  I  failed  to  mention  that  you 
have  been  a  tireless  fighter  for  human  rights  as  chairman  of  the 
Human  Rights  Committee  Caucus  in  years  past.  We  appreciate 
your  efforts. 

I  believe  that  my  colleagues  on  the  Republican  side  do  not  have 
an  opening  statement.  Representative  Menendez? 

Mr.  Menendez.  Mr.  Chairman,  me  permeta  un  palabra  para  cour 
a  que  sufre  y  para  me  hermanos  se  que  sequentran  on  Guanta- 
namo. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  want  to  do  that  as  I  cannot  do  it  under  Mr. 
King's  legislation  anymore.  So  English  only.  But  since  we  do  have 
Radio  and  Television  Marti,  I  think  that  it  is  rather  important. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  want  to  commend  you.  I  rarely  make  opening 
statements.  But  on  the  question  of  Cuba  and  one  or  two  other 
areas,  I  have  great  interest.  I  want  to  commend  you  for  holding 
this  hearing  on  U.S.  policy  toward  the  Castro  dictatorship.  And  I 
want  to  commend  you  for  your  principled  commitment  to  democ- 
racy and  human  rights  throughout  the  world.  And  in  the  wake  of 
the  historic  summit  of  the  Americas,  that  commitment  will  ensure 
that  this  committee  is  well  led. 

On  this  first  hearing  on  U.S.  policy  toward  the  Castro  dictator- 
ship of  this  Congress,  I  would  like  to  underscore  two  basic  points. 
First,  Cuba  under  Castro  is  inherently  and  increasingly  unstable. 
I  hope  that  our  National  Security  Council  and  the  State  Depart- 
ment recognize  this  important  fact. 

Every  day  Castro  requires  more  repression  and  more  human 
rights  violations  to  remain  in  power.  And  the  fact  of  the  matter  is 
that  Mr.  Lantos'  trip  and  his  eloquent  statement  are  part  of  the 
testimony  of  that  reality.  Every  day  Fidel  Castro,  and  not  United 
States  policy  as  some  would  have  it,  makes  the  situation  inside 
Cuba  more  unstable. 

It  is  in  the  United  States  national  interest  to  pursue  stability  in 
Cuba.  But  it  is  most  definitely  not  in  our  national  interest  that 
Castro  remain  in  power. 

Second,  the  104th  Congress  recognizes  a  simple  fact,  which  by 
now  should  be  evident  even  to  Castro's  most  stalwart  apologists. 
Fidel  Castro  is  bent  on  closing  the  century  of  the  historic  affirma- 
tion of  the  right  to  self-determination  with  the  bitter  despotism  of 
one  man  rule. 

Thirty-six  years  after  he  seized  power  and  5  years  after  the  fall 
of  the  Berlin  Wall,  Castro  has  moved  only  to  further  aggravate 


Cuba's  acute  economic  crisis,  and  to  close  shut  any  political  space. 
Thirty-six  years  is  a  long  time.  Yet  after  all  of  that  time,  Castro's 
Cuba  remains  in  the  cold  war  deep  freeze,  and  a  thaw  is  not  near- 
ing. 

The  brutal  Castro  brothers  have  chosen  not  to  reform  their  ty- 
rannical rule.  And  I  saw  brutal,  because  we  had  a  hearing,  one  of 
your  first  hearings,  Mr.  Chairman,  before  this  very  committee  on 
the  sinking  of  the  Tugboat  13th  of  March  for  which  40  men, 
women,  and  children  drowned  at  sea  innocently. 

Instead  they  have  chosen  to  sustain  their  own  power  rather  than 
provide  sustenance  to  the  Cuba  people.  They  have  chosen  political 
repression  and  economic  deprivation  over  basic  human  freedom  and 
economic  opportunity. 

Nearly  2  years  ago,  I  suggested  that  we  develop  a  proactive  pol- 
icy toward  the  Cuban  people,  that  we  prepare  today  for  a  change 
in  Cuba  tomorrow.  I  believe  then,  as  I  believe  now,  that  we  must 
combine  our  principled  and  firm  opposition  to  Cuba's  oppressors 
with  a  beacon  of  light  for  the  Cuban  people. 

We  must  say  clearly  to  the  Cuban  people  that  we  are  in  solidar- 
ity with  you,  but  not  with  those  who  oppose  you  and  deny  your 
basic  rights.  Let  us  help  and  work  to  remove  the  impediment  to  our 
relations,  and  we  will  assist  in  making  the  reality  of  the  dream  of 
a  free  and  independent  Cuba  become  that  reality. 

With  strong  bipartisan  support,  I  introduced  a  Free  and  Inde- 
pendent Cuba  Assistance  Act,  which  offers  broad  United  States  and 
international  support  first  to  a  transition  government  and  later  to 
a  democratic  elected  government.  And  it  goes  on.  Members  of  the 
committee  know  what  the  bill  does.  I  will  not  take  a  lot  of  time. 

But  certainly,  what  it  does  is  as  soon  as  the  President  certifies 
that  there  is  a  transition  government  in  Cuba,  the  United  States 
would  be  ready  to  provide  emergency  relief,  humanitarian  assist- 
ance, military  adjustment  assistance,  electoral  private  sector  devel- 
opment, and  other  types  of  assistance  necessary  to  move  Cuba  from 
a  Communist  dictatorship  and  a  command  economy  toward  democ- 
racy and  a  market  economy.  And  we  go  on  to  state  other  aspects 
of  the  bill. 

We  have  introduced  that  as  H.R.  11.  But  we  are  happy  to  see, 
Mr.  Chairman,  that  both  you  and  Senator  Helms  have  included 
that  in  the  legislation,  which  you  referred  to  earlier,  as  title  II  of 
the  Cuban  Liberty  and  Democratic  Solidarity  Act,  which  I  have 
been  glad  to  cosponsor. 

And  despite  utterances,  such  as  recently  found  in  Time  maga- 
zine, that  Cuba  is  open  for  business,  we  find  that  in  reality  that 
Cuba  is  not  open  not  for  business,  but  for  exploitation.  Cuba  is  not 
open  for  business  for  the  Cuban  people,  but  only  for  foreigners  in 
terms  that  we  would  not  allow  here  in  the  United  States. 

There  is  no  serious  tendency  toward  genuine  economic  or  politi- 
cal reform  in  Cuba,  a  process  which  ultimately  must  involve  a  fun- 
damental transformation  of  the  current  system.  And  those  are  not 
my  views,  but  as  someone  in  the  Congress  of  Cuban  descent  lis- 
tened to  the  former  Socialist  finance  minister  of  Spain,  Mr. 
Shoulchaga,  in  his  review  of  the  Cuban  economy,  and  hear  that 
even  if  we  were  to  list  our  embargo  tomorrow  that  nothing  would 
dramatically  change  because  there  is  no  economic  change. 


10 

And  finally,  Mr.  Chairman,  there  is  nothing  romantic  about  the 
Cuban  revolution.  And  we  ask  the  international  community  and 
our  own  media  to  acknowledge  this.  We  ask  them  to  demonstrate 
the  same  commitment  this  year  toward  freedom  in  Cuba  that  they 
showed  last  year  toward  freedom  in  Haiti.  We  ask  that  they  join 
us  in  making  the  commercial  embargo  on  the  Cuban  dictatorship, 
that  Mr.  Diaz-Balart  has  called  for  so  many  times,  and  which  we 
have  joined  in,  a  coordinated  effort  among  the  world's  democracies. 

And  lastly,  to  the  business  community,  our  message  is  clear.  The 
highest  yields  await  you  in  a  post-Castro  Cuba.  The  greatest  risks 
exist  in  Castro's  Cuba  today. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  look  forward  to  hearing  all  of  the  witnesses  on 
our  first  distinguished  panel,  and  look  forward  to  working  with  you 
in  realizing  what  you  have  said  is  this  committee's  No.  1  goal,  a 
free  and  independent  Cuba. 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Menendez. 

We  will  hear  from  our  good  colleague  and  friend,  Lincoln  Diaz- 
Balart.  Then,  if  it  is  all  right  with  everybody  else,  we  will  recess, 
go  vote,  and  come  right  back,  and  then  we  will  start  with  the  pan- 
els. Mr.  Diaz-Balart. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  LINCOLN  DIAZ-BALART,  A  REPRESENTA- 
TIVE IN  CONGRESS  FROM  THE  STATE  OF  FLORIDA 

Mr.  Diaz-Balart.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  And  I  think  Mr. 
Torricelli  for  his  kind  words,  as  well  as  all  of  the  members  of  this 
important  subcommittee  for  their  leadership  on  this  critical  issue. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  carry  in  my  pocket  the  notes  that  I  took  when 
you,  and  I,  and  Congresswoman  Ros-Lehtinen,  Congressman 
Menendez,  Congressman  Sanford,  and  Mr.  Fraser  had  the  oppor- 
tunity to  speak  with  the  elected  leaders  of  the  various  Cuban  refu- 
gee camps  in  Guantanamo  last  week. 

I  will  never  forget  meeting  them,  nor  will  I  forget  what  they  told 
us.  As  you  will  recall,  they  pointed  out  their  difficulties,  and  of 
course  their  unanimous  request  that  they  be  able  to  be  reunited 
with  their  families  in  the  United  States  as  productive,  hard  work- 
ing, taxpaying  members  of  this  great  Nation. 

I  know  that  you  agree  with  me  that  it  is  time  that  all  of  the  refu- 
gees in  Guantanamo  be  able  come  to  the  United  States  to  contrib- 
ute to  this  great  land,  and  to  help  enrich  it  with  their  honest  labor. 

I  also  know  that  you  agree  with  me,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  we  have 
an  obligation  to  tell  our  colleagues  and  the  American  people,  as 
well  as  the  international  community,  precisely  what  the  elected 
leaders  of  the  Cubans  who  are  detained  in  Guantanamo  think 
about  the  tragedy  of  their  country,  and  what  they  told  us  that  they 
think  we  should  be  doing  about  it. 

First,  they  told  us  to  maintain  the  U.S.  embargo  and  strengthen 
it,  like  we  are  going  to  do.  The  fundamental  reason  that  Castro  has 
been  able  to  remain  in  power  is  because  of  the  assistance  and  the 
cooperation  that  he  has  received  from  other  nations  and  their  in- 
vestors. And  the  bill,  that  you  have  introduced  in  the  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives and  within  which  you  so  graciously  allowed  me  to  in- 
clude a  number  of  bills  in  a  concurrent  resolution  that  I  had  filed, 
will  strengthen  the  embargo,  and  directly  attack  the  investments 
in  corroboration  with  Castro  that  some  substantial  capitalists  in 


11 

the  international  community  are  msiking  in  Communist  Cuba 
today. 

Second,  as  the  elected  leadership  in  Guantanamo  told  us,  we,  the 
United  States  of  America,  have  got  to  find  a  way  to  help  the  dis- 
sident movements  within  Cuba  throughout  the  island.  And  third, 
we  must  find  a  way  to  help  the  people  of  Cuba  confront  the  repres- 
sive apparatus  of  the  dictatorship. 

As  you  recall,  the  elected  leaders  told  us  what  all  of  the  people 
of  Cuba  know  that  Castro's  violent  repressive  apparatus  acts  with 
impunity.  They  must  not  be  able  to  continue  to  act  with  impunity, 
like  they  did  on  August  5  of  last  year  in  Havana.  And  we  must  find 
a  way  to  help  the  people  of  Cuba  confront  the  repressive  apparatus. 

I  am  grateful,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  the  opportunity  to  be  able  to 
participate  in  this  hearing,  which  is  simply  one  of  many  that  I 
know  that  you  plan  to  hold  to  raise  the  consciousness  of  our  col- 
leagues and  the  American  people,  as  well  as  the  international  com- 
munity about  the  need  to  help  the  Cuban  people  free  themselves 
from  the  yoke  of  oppression  that  has  lasted  36  years,  unfortunately 
to  a  great  extent  because  of  the  unacceptable  and  the  unethical 
lack  of  solidarity  of  much  of  the  international  community  with  the 
Cuban  people,  and  because  of  the  cooperation  and  even  the  corrobo- 
ration of  part  of  that  international  community  with  the  Cuban  ty- 
rant. 

I  commend  you  and  the  members  of  this  committee  for  your  lead- 
ership, and  I  look  forward  to  our  continued  work  together. 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you,  Representative  Diaz-Balart. 

The  Chair  announces  that  we  will  stand  in  recess  for  about  5  to 
10  minutes  while  we  vote,  and  then  we  will  reconvene. 

[Recess.] 

Mr.  Burton.  Would  you  take  your  seats,  please,  so  we  can  recon- 
vene the  hearing. 

Is  Mr.  Mas  in  the  room?  Fidel  Castro  has  not  kidnapped  Jorge 
Mas,  has  he?  There  he  is. 

We  were  a  little  concerned,  Mr.  Mas,  that  maybe  you  had  met 
with  some  ill  fate  at  the  hands  of  one  of  Castro's  agents  or  some- 
thing. We  are  glad  that  you  are  back  in  one  piece. 

Congressman  Chris  Smith  wanted  to  be  with  us,  but  he  has  an- 
other hearing  going  on  at  the  same  time.  So  for  those  of  you  who 
wonder  where  he  is,  he  is  doing  his  duty  in  another  committee  at 
the  present  time. 

I  want  to  welcome  our  first  panel.  Constantine  Menges  is  one  of 
the  most  imminent  scholars  of  our  time  in  the  area  of  Latin  Amer- 
ican studies  and  democracy.  We  welcome  him  here  today,  and  we 
are  glad  that  he  could  make  it. 

Jorge  Mas  Canosa,  a  Cuban-American  patriot,  and  a  tireless 
fighter  for  democracy  and  freedom  in  Cuba,  who  is  president  of  the 
Cuban  American  National  Foundation. 

And  with  that,  I  think  that  we  will  start  with  Mr.  Constantine 
Menges.  Then  we  will  get  to  you,  Mr.  Mas. 

STATEMENT  OF  DR.  CONSTANTINE  MENGES,  RESEARCH 
PROFESSOR,  GEORGE  WASHINGTON  UNIVERSITY 

Mr.  Menges.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  be 
with  you,  and  with  the  committee,  and  testify  this  afternoon. 


12 

I  am  here  to  discuss  a  strategy  for  a  peaceful  transition  to  de- 
mocracy in  Cuba.  I  thought  that  the  statements  that  you  made  and 
your  fellow  Congressmen  made  were  extraordinarily  eloquent.  And 
perhaps  I  would  like  to  begin  with  a  comment  that  we  have  many 
immigrants  in  this  room  who  are  grateful  for  the  freedom  that  the 
United  States  has  given  to  so  many  people  over  the  centuries.  And 
I  am  one  of  them,  my  parents  having  fled  the  Nazi  dictatorship  in 
Germany,  and  having  come  here  as  a  4-year-old  boy  on  a  ship  with 
other  children  who  were  admitted  to  the  United  States. 

Jorge  Mas,  who  is  another  immigrant  who  fled  another  dictator- 
ship, I  might  say  is  an  individual  who  in  1980  gave  me  a  concept 
paper  for  Radio  Marti.  The  idea  of  broadcasting  the  truth  to  the 
people  of  Cuba  was  his  idea  and  his  concept.  And  I  was  pleased  as 
an  advisor  to  then  Candidate  Reagan,  when  he  was  elected  Presi- 
dent, then  to  be  able  to  move  the  idea  into  the  Reagan  administra- 
tion, and  to  see  the  reality  of  Radio  Marti,  and  its  successor  TV 
Marti  here.  It  is  an  honor  to  testify  with  Jorge  Mas,  and  to  testify 
before  you. 

We  know  that  the  regime  in  Cuba  represents  a  regime  of  repres- 
sion, poverty,  militarization,  and  aggression.  I  thought  that  the 
statement  of  Congress  woman  Ros-Lehtinen  was  extremely  impor- 
tant. That  an  example  of  the  aggression,  which  we  see  today,  which 
I  believe  is  very  dramatic,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  on  another  occasion 
I  hope  to  be  able  to  talk  with  you  and  members  of  Congress  about 
it,  is  Castro's  role  now  as  we  sit  here,  in  my  judgment  and  it  is 
my  hypothesis,  his  role  in  the  effort  to  help  the  far  left  use  the  eco- 
nomic and  political  crisis  of  Mexico  to  bring  a  hostile  antiregime  to 
power  there. 

I  believe  that  Castro  has  been  involved  for  many  years  in  the  at- 
tempt to  undermine  the  institutions  of  Mexico,  and  help  the  far  left 
within  Mexico.  And  I  believe  that  it  is  an  example  of  the  continuing 
danger  he  poses  to  the  people  of  this  hemisphere  and  to  the  na- 
tional security  interests  of  the  United  States. 

Let  me  turn,  if  I  may,  to  the  strategy  for  a  peaceful  transition 
to  a  democracy  in  Cuba.  As  you  know,  there  were  few  who  expected 
that  in  1989  that  Communist  regimes  in  Europe  could  unravel.  You 
also  know,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  it  was  because  of  the  example  of 
the  success  of  freedom  in  the  United  States  and  the  other  demo- 
cratic countries  of  the  world,  because  of  the  military  strength  of  the 
United  States  and  our  ability  to  deter  aggression  and  maintain  our 
freedom,  and  because  of  the  efforts  of  the  men  and  women  of  those 
countries  who  sought  democracy  and  freedom  that  ultimately  the 
regimes,  the  Communist  regimes,  came  to  unravel. 

I  believe  that  if  we  now  set  our  goal  on  helping  to  design  a  strat- 
egy and  plan  to  help  the  people  of  Cuba  liberate  themselves,  that 
they  in  fact  will  be  able  to  do  so.  And  I  would  like  to  suggest  a  10- 
part  strategy.  And  I  will  briefly  summarize  the  10  steps  to  this 
strategy. 

First,  a  strategy  of  information  to  tell  the  truth  about  the  Castro 
regime  in  the  world,  and  to  the  people  of  Cuba.  That  means  to  con- 
tinue the  work  of  Radio  Marti  and  TV  Marti,  and  have  the  Voice 
of  America  do  this  on  a  regular  basis,  and  to  have  all  of  us  do  this 
as  we  move  forward  in  Ihe  zOiT.mg  mor  ih.;  and  years. 


13 

Second,  to  continue  the  isolation  of  the  regime.  And  in  that 
sense,  I  endorse  completely  the  Helms-Burton  bill,  and  the  very 
positive  ideas  that  you  have  come  forward  with.  To  continue  and 
deepen  the  isolation  of  the  regime;  political,  military,  and  economic 
isolation  of  the  Castro  dictatorship. 

Third,  I  believe  it  is  essential  to  help  and  encourage  the 
prodemocratic  groups  within  Cuba.  Over  the  years,  the  United 
States  has  worked  effectively  and  successfully  in  proper  ways  to 
help  prodemocratic  dissidents  in  dictatorships.  And  the  example  of 
Solidarity  in  Poland  comes  to  mind,  the  10  years  of  support  that 
preceded  the  sudden  unraveling  of  the  Polish  regime.  There  is 
much  that  can  be  done,  much  more  can  be  done. 

I  agree  completely  with  Congressman  Diaz-Balart's  call  to  do 
that.  And  I  think  that  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  can  be  very  important 
in  seeing  that  the  executive  branch  takes  this  seriously. 

Fourth,  as  a  step,  is  in  my  view  all  of  the  prodemocratic  Cuban 
exile  groups  in  the  United  States,  Spain,  and  Latin  America  should 
convene  annually  to  consider  in  a  forum  of  1,  2,  or  3  days — and  by 
the  way,  my  university,  George  Washington  University,  would  be 
pleased  to  be  the  site  of  such  an  effort — should  convene  to  discuss 
governance  issues  of  a  free  Cuba;  social  policy,  economic  policy,  for- 
eign policy,  and  also  the  way  of  dealing  with  the  former  Com- 
munist regime. 

There  should  be  majority  views,  minority  views,  and  a  discussion 
process  that  happens  with  civility,  with  tolerance,  with  the  exercise 
of  freedom  of  speech,  so  that  it  itself  becomes  an  example  of  free 
Cubans  discussing,  debating,  and  disagreeing  about  their  future, 
but  doing  so  in  an  agreeable  way.  And  that  ultimately,  it  becomes 
a  parliament  in  exile. 

The  fifth  step.  That  the  democratic  exiles  of  Cuba  working  in 
ways  that  are  appropriate  with  the  internal  prodemocratic  opposi- 
tion establish  a  transitional  regime  in  exile  of  a  free  Cuba,  a  transi- 
tional free  Cuba  regime  in  exile. 

Sixth,  I  believe  that  it  is  also  very  important  to  be  explicit  about 
how  the  former  Communist  regime  should  be  dealt  with.  In  my 
judgment,  amnesty  for  all,  including  Castro,  the  Castro  brothers, 
should  be  given,  as  the  price  of  a  peaceful  transition.  In  other 
words,  no  retributive  justice,  and  that  is  the  price  for  a  peaceful 
transition. 

And  I  think  that  the  offer  of  amnesty  should  be  made  to  all  those 
Communist  elements  of  the  apparatus,  who  are  willing  peacefully 
to  leave  their  functions,  and  let  there  be  a  transitional  political 
process  of  succession. 

The  seventh  point  is  that  I  think  that  there  should  be  an  inter- 
national effort,  a  strong  and  consistent  international  effort,  to  give 
legitimacy  to  the  free  Government  of  Cuba  in  exile,  to  invite  it  as 
an  observer  at  the  United  Nations  to  provide  it  with  an  opportunity 
to  speak  to  the  citizens  and  governments  of  the  world. 

Next  I  think  there  should  be  a  withdrawal  of  diplomatic  recogni- 
tion from  the  Castro  regime  and  dictatorship  by  the  United  States, 
and  a  significant  group  of  countries  that  agree  with  that. 

Next  there  should  be  the  conferring  of  diplomatic  recognition  on 
the  free  government  of  Cuban  in  exile.  And  finally,  the  Organiza- 


14 

tion  of  American  States  taking  the  lead,  and  ultimately  the  United 
Nations,  should  recognize  the  free  Government  of  Cuba  in  exile. 

Now  these  steps,  the  strategy  I  think  has  a  beginning,  a  middle, 
and  an  end.  And  the  end  point  would  be  an  opportunity  then  for 
the  Cuban  people  to  vote  the  transitional  government,  and  then 
leading  to  a  process  in  which  the  Cuban  people  vote  freely  on  com- 
peting political  parties  for  their  future. 

I  believe  that  with  such  a  strategy  in  mind  and  with  consistent 
support  by  the  United  States  and  the  other  leading  democracies  of 
this  hemisphere  and  of  the  world,  I  believe  that  the  people  of  Cuba 
would  be  able  to  liberate  themselves. 

I  would  be  happy  to  answer  any  further  questions. 

[The  statement  of  Mr.  Menges  appears  in  the  appendix. 1 

Mr.  Burton.  We  will  ask  you  some  questions  in  just  a  moment, 
Mr.  Menges. 

You  made  some  comments  briefly  about  Mexico  and  Castro's  di- 
rect or  indirect  support  of  rebel  forces  there  or  things  to  destabilize 
that  government.  If  you  have  any  information  about  that,  I,  my 
staff,  and  the  committee  would  like  to  see  it.  After  we  review  that, 
we  may  hold  a  hearing  on  Castro's  involvement  in  those  nefarious 
activities. 

Could  you  get  those  to  us,  so  that  we  could  look  at  them,  please? 

Mr.  Menges.  Certainly,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Burton.  And  with  that,  I  will  recognize  my  good  friend, 
Jorge  Mas.  — 

STATEMENT  OF  JORGE  MAS  CANOSA,  CHAIRMAN,  CUBAN 
AMERICAN  NATIONAL  FOUNDATION 

Mr.  Mas.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  distinguished  members  of  this  subcommittee, 
I  would  like  to  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  you 
today  to  talk  about  Cuba  and  United  States  policy  toward  that 
enslaved  island.  It  is  indeed  a  great  honor  for  me  to  be  here  with 
such  distinguished  company,  such  as  Constantine  Menges  and 
Jorge  Mas,  the  original  founder  of  the  Cuban  American  National 
Foundation. 

Before  I  begin,  however,  I  would  like  to  especially  congratulate 
you,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  you  assuming  the  chairmanship  of  this  sub- 
committee, one  that  has  become  so  critical  and  important,  largely 
through  the  effort  of  your  predecessor,  Mr.  Robert  Torricelli,  for  the 
cause  of  freedom  and  democracy  for  the  Cuban  people. 

If  the  democratic  process  of  our  great  country  calls  for  a  change 
in  the  leadership  of  this  Congress,  then  the  Cuban-American  com- 
munity could  not  have  expected  a  dearer  friend  or  someone  more 
devoted  to  securing  Cuba's  freedom  to  assume  the  chairmanship  of 
this  subcommittee  than  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  truly  believe  that.  And  I  also  believe  without  doubt  that  Fidel 
Castro  is  going  to  soon  find  out  that  he  is  no  match  for  the  com- 
bined leadership  of  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  the  ranking  member 
of  this  subcommittee,  Mr.  Torricelli,  as  we  pursue  our  long  sought 
goal  of  returning  freedom  and  democracy  to  our  beloved  homeland. 

It  is  very  difficult  to  convey  the  deprivation  and  the  destitution 
that  Fidel  Castro  has  imprinted  on  that  island.  It  is  now  clear  to 
all  but  the  most  devoted  sycophants  that  Fidel  Castro's  obsession 


15 

with  absolute  power  precludes  him  from  ever  introducing  the  fun- 
damental economic  and  political  reforms  that  the  Cuban  people  cry 
out  for. 

So  let  us  please  once  and  for  all  dispense  all  of  this  nonsense 
about  "reform"  in  Cuba,  "moving  toward  free  markets,"  "mixed 
economies,"  and  "Cuba:  Open  for  business." 

In  fact,  this  myth  helped  along  by  the  national  media  including 
Time  magazine  and  USA  Today,  that  somehow  Cuba  is  open  for 
business,  and  that  United  States  corporations  are  allegedly  being 
left  out,  is  nothing  but  a  thinly  disguised  attempt  to  recruit  United 
States  corporations  by  Castro  himself  and  many  of  his  friends  here 
in  this  country,  to  actually  lobby  against  our  great  embargo  of 
Cuba,  hoping  that  they  can  replicate  the  process  whereby  the  em- 
bargo of  Vietnam  was  lifted. 

^lat  I  would  like  to  know  is  what  is  so  attractive  economically 
about  an  island  ruled  by  a  totalitarian  despot  who  maintains  the 
authority  to  seize  property  at  will,  where  there  exists  no  property 
rights  for  the  average  citizens,  where  that  citizen  earns  the  average 
of  $5  a  month,  where  no  Cuban  is  allowed  to  own  or  organize  any 
private  economic  organizations? 

I  will  tell  you  that  what  makes  Cuba  so  attractive  to  those  inter- 
national profiteers,  who  have  invested  in  Cuba  and  conducted  busi- 
ness as  usual  with  its  dictator,  is  forced  and  enslaved  labor.  No 
independent  labor  unions,  no  right  to  strike,  a  regime  that  can 
make  you  any  offer  no  matter  how  desperate,  because  it  has  no  ac- 
countability to  his  people.  No  pollution  standards,  no  work  protec- 
tion standards.  The  local  population  will  not  be  a  nuisance,  because 
they  have  no  civil  rights,  no  legal  rights,  no  rights  whatsoever. 
There  interest  can  be  summed  up  in  one  word,  Mr.  Chairman,  "ex- 
ploitation." 

It  is  really  ironic,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  see  how  all  of  these  activists 
and  public  personalities  who  have  built  careers  denouncing  capital- 
ist exploitation  of  the  so-called  developing  world  have  been  so  defi- 
nitely silent  on  what  is  .going  on  in  Cuba. 

I  would  like  to  introduce  for  the  record  just  this  one  newspaper 
article  that  pretty  well  sums  up  what  is  going  on  there.  It  origi- 
nally appeared  in  the  London  Observer,  and  the  title  says  it  all. 
"Cuba:  A  Paradise,  but  not  for  Cubans;  Communist  island  lures 
dollar  bearing  tourists  to  hotels  off  limits  to  local  residents;  vaca- 
tioners find  trips  to  sandy  beaches  are  cheap,  amenities  expensive, 
except  for  sex." 

It  goes  on  to  label  Cuba  the  "Bangkok  of  the  Caribbean"  for  its 
promotion  of  sex  and  virgin  Cuban  women  willing  to  spend  a  night 
with  a  tourist  in  order  to  buy  the  next  day's  meal. 

Where  is  the  outrage,  Mr.  Chairman?  Canadians  raping  the  is- 
land of  its  mineral  resources  and  polluting  its  delicate  environ- 
ment. Spaniards  embracing  tourism  apartheid,  while  tourists, 
when  they  are  not  defiling  Cuban  women,  are  ferried  about  in  Jap- 
anese cars  denied  the  Cuban  people,  who  are  sold  bicycles  by  the 
dictator.  And  Mexicans  are  also  shipping  their  pollution-laden  oil- 
refining  business  to  Cuba.  And  every  single  one  of  them  profiting 
off  the  poor,  defenseless  Cuban  citizen. 

Well,  the  outrage  is  right  here,  Mr.  Chairman.  Cubans  on  the  is- 
land might  be  powerless  to  oppose  these  deals,  but  free  Cubans  are 


16 

not.  We  are  committed  to  doing  all  in  our  power  to  disrupt  this 
profiteering  on  the  misery  of  the  Cuban  people. 

I  would  like  to  submit  for  the  record  what  we  call  Cuba's  Hall 
of  Shame,  a  list  of  companies  from  Canada  to  the  United  Kingdom, 
to  Latin  America,  who  are  investing  in  Cuba  and  conducting  busi- 
ness as  usual  with  the  Cuban  tyrants. 

These  are  blood  deals,  Mr.  Chairman.  These  contracts  are  ink  in 
the  blood  of  every  Cuban  man,  woman,  and  child,  who  has  died  at 
the  hands  of  these  despotic  regimes  since  1959.  They  are  contemp- 
tuous of  the  pain  and  sacrifice  endured  by  11  million  Cubans,  both 
on  the  island  and  in  exile. 

And  I  will  promise  to  you  today,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  as  long  as 
I  live  and  as  long  as  the  Cuban  American  National  Foundation  ex- 
ists, we  will  work  to  see  and  to  ensure  that  when  the  dawn  of  de- 
mocracy finally  arrives  in  Cuba,  each  one  of  these  deals  will  be  ren- 
dered null  and  void  by  a  new  democratic  Cuban  leadership.  And 
those  profiteers  will  be  run  out  of  town  one  step  behind  the  tortur- 
ers and  executioners  of  the  Cuban  people. 

That  is  my  promise.  And  I  encourage  the  U.S.  Congress,  Mr. 
Chairman,  to  join  us  in  our  effort  to  expose  and  punish  any  com- 
pany with  the  blood  of  the  Cuban  people  on  its  hands. 

Lastly,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  want  to  briefly  respond  to  a  current  ar- 
gument being  made  by  some  that  United  States  trade  and  travel 
will  succeed  where  the  alleged  current  United  States  policy  has 
failed  in  restoring  freedom  and  democracy  to  Cuba  with  the  so- 
called  flooding  the  island  with  goods  and  people. 

I  say  has  that  approach  ever  succeeded  in  undermining  a  dicta- 
torship? Give  me  one  specific  example.  In  fact,  let  us  look  at  what 
is  happening  in  China,  as  Congressman  Tom  Lantos  so  eloquently 
expressed. 

Let  us  look  at  what  is  happening  in  China.  In  the  State  Depart- 
ment's just  released  human  rights  report,  it  shows  that  the  human 
rights  situation  in  China  has  not  improved  since  the  Communists 
received  most-favored-nation  status.  In  fact,  it  has  gotten  worse. 
The  Chinese  Government  continues  to  abuse  and  jail  dissidents, 
brutally  suppresses  and  uses  labor  to  produce  goods  for  goods  for 
exports,  and  have  been  of  absolutely  no  help  in  our  efforts  to  deal 
with  the  North  Korea  problem. 

And  the  only  time  that  the  U.S.  Government  has  stood  up  to 
Beijing  is  only  when  they  pirate  U.S.  CD's  and  video  tapes. 

I  am  sorry,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  is  my  vision  for  a  future  Cuba. 
If  the  United  States  does  not  consider  the  human  rights  of  the 
Cuban  people  important  enough  to  stand  up  for,  but  will  stand  up 
for  the  commercial  rights  of  U.S.  entertainment  industry. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  thank  you  for  con- 
vening this  hearing.  I  would  also  like  to  thank  you  and  your  prede- 
cessor, Mr.  Torricelli,  for  your  leadership,  and  for  providing  those 
forums  that  have  given  a  voice  to  the  voiceless,  the  people  of  Cuba, 
that  has  given  them  a  measure  of  respect  and  dignity  that  has 
been  denied  them  by  Fidel  Castro  for  more  than  three  decades. 

Your  contributions  to  a  free  and  democratic  Cuba  are  known  to 
them  through  Radio  Marti  and  TV  Marti,  and  the  radio  station  of 
the  Cuban  American  National  Foundation.  And  I  have  no  doubt 


17 

that  it  will  be  known  to  the  children  and  to  the  generations  of 
Cuban  who  will  surely  be  leaving  as  free  men  and  women. 

Thank  you  very  much,  Mr,  Chairman. 

[The  statement  of  Jorge  Mas  Canosa  appears  in  the  appendix.] 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Mas. 

You  have  a  list  there  of  companies  that  are  continuing  to  do  busi- 
ness with  Cuba? 

Mr.  Mas.  Yes,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Burton.  Are  many  of  those  American  companies? 

Mr.  Mas.  No,  sir,  they  are  not. 

Mr.  Burton.  Could  we  get  a  copy  of  that  list?  And  if  you  and 
your  foundation  has  any  other  information  about  American  compa- 
nies or  otherwise  that  are  doing  business  with  Cuba,  we  would  like 
to  have  those.  If  they  are  not  American  companies,  we  can  at  least 
write  them  a  letter  and  tell  them  of  our  concern. 

If  they  are  American  companies,  we  can  tell  them  that  they  are 
in  violation  of  the  embargo  and  put  some  heat  on  them,  like  the 
companies  that  Representative  Ros-Lehtinen  mentioned  a  moment 
ago.  Any  information  you  can  give  us  along  those  lines,  we  would 
appreciate. 

[The  list  of  foreign  companies  doing  business  in  Cuba  appears  in 
the  appendix.] 

Mr.  Burton.  I  have  a  few  questions  that  I  would  like  to  ask  be- 
fore I  yield  to  my  colleagues.  Two  days  ago,  President  Clinton 
signed  an  agreement  with  the  Mexican  Government  regarding  a 
bailout  to  save  the  peso  and  the  Mexican  economy,  even  though  the 
Congress  of  the  United  States  chose  not  to  do  that. 

One  of  the  concerns  that  I  have  and  continue  to  have  is  that  the 
Mexico  Grovemment  and  Mexican  entrepreneurs  have  been  pur- 
chasing confiscated  United  States  property  in  Cuba,  investing 
there,  giving  Castro  hard  currency  with  which  to  keep  his  regime 
in  power. 

Could  either  of  you  comment  on  that,  and  to  the  extent  that  it 
is  taking  place,  and  maybe  give  us  some  examples? 

Mr.  Mas.  Yes,  Mr,  Chairman.  Around  6  months  before  NAFTA 
was  approved  by  the  United  States  Congress,  I  visited  with  Presi- 
dent Salinas  Equatares  in  Mexico;  and  a  delegation  of  Cuban- 
Americans  including  the  former  Ambassador,  Jorges  Osano;  Diego 
Suarez;  and  Alfonsho  Vanhor  from  the  State  of  Florida. 

President  Salinas  told  us  at  that  time  that  Mexico  was  not  doing 
business  with  Cuba.  That  if  NAFTA  was  approved  and  passed  by 
the  United  States  Congress  that  Mexico  would  move  away  from 
Cuba,  that  there  would  be  no  Mexican  investment  in  Cuba,  that 
there  would  be  no  selling  of  Mexican  subsidized  goods  to  the  Cuban 
Government.  And  that  there  would  be  no  swap  for  equity  with 
Cuba,  and  that  there  would  be  no  guarantees  for  the  Mexican  Gov- 
ernment to  private  investment  in  Mexico. 

And  a  few  months  after  NAFTA  was  approved,  President  Salinas 
Equatares  did  completely  the  opposite.  He  went  to  Cuba,  and  he 
signed  a  couple  of  deals  with  the  Castro  government.  The  first  deal 
was  to  get  Pemex,  the  oil  giant  company,  Mexican  company,  owned 
by  the  Mexican  Government,  to  joint  venture  with  Castro  with  the 
oil  refinery  of  Cienfuegos,  which  is  just  a  recently  built  oil  refinery 
by  the  Soviets  in  Cuba  which  is  idle,  because  they  do  not  have  oil 


18 

to  refine.  And  the  refining  capacity  of  the  Cuban  Government  is  in 
excess  of  the  domestic  demand  of  the  Cuban  people. 

And  SaHnas  Equatares  signed  a  deal  on  behalf  of  the  Mexican 
Government  to  joint  venture  that  giant  governmental-owned  oil 
company,  Pemex,  with  the  oil  refinery  in  Cienfuegos. 

There  was  another  deal,  which  included  a  former  U.S.  corpora- 
tion that  was  illegally  confiscated  by  the  Castro  government  with 
no  compensation  whatsoever  to  the  former  U.S.  owner.  And  that  is 
the  former  telephone  company  in  Cuba  owned  by  IT&T,  which  was 
illegally,  I  repeat,  confiscated  by  the  Castro  government  with  no 
compensation  whatsoever. 

Together  with  President  Salinas,  there  was  a  group  of  Mexican 
investors  headed  by  the  Gases  family  out  of  Monterey,  who  owned 
the  cellular  telephone  system  in  Monterey  together  with  South- 
western Bell  in  the  United  States.  And  the  Domos  family  signed  a 
deal  with  the  Cuban  Government  to  purchase  that  telephone  com- 
pany, 49  percent  of  the  telephone  company  in  Cuba,  for  $1.5  billion 
to  the  Castro  government. 

The  Central  Bank  of  Mexico,  the  Banco  of  Mexico,  owned  by  the 
Mexican  Government  provided  a  $10  million  cash  pa3anent  to  the 
Cuban  Government. 

And  those  are  two  specific  instances  where  I  know  that  the  Mexi- 
can Government  is  supporting  investment  in  Cuba,  and  guarantee- 
ing that  investment  in  Cuba.  Our  concern  is  that  now  with  this  $20 
billion  to  the  Mexican  Government  that  Castro  in  some  way  and 
somehow  is  going  to  get  it  recycled  indirectly  from  the  Mexican 
Government. 

Mr.  Burton.  Is  there  any  tie  between  the  pressure  that  has  been 
brought  on  Mexico  to  sever  relations  and  what  Castro  is  doing  now 
to  keep  the  pressure  internally  on  Mexico,  so  that  they  do  not  cut 
Castro  adrift? 

But  before  you  answer  that  question,  you  said  Southwestern  Bell 
was  a  partner  with  a  Mexican  telephone  company  that  purchased 
a  phone  company  in  Cuba? 

Mr.  Mas.  Southwestern  Bell  is  a  partner  of  the  Domos  group  in 
Mexico.  They  have  an  investment  together  with  the  Gases  family 
and  the  Domos  group  in  the  telephone  industry  in  Mexico  and  spe- 
cifically in  Monterey.  I  do  not  think  that  Southwestern  Bell  is  in- 
volved at  all  in  the  Cuban  deal.  But  still  they  are  partners  of  this 
group  of  Mexicans  who  went  to  Cuba  to  purchase  the  telephone 
company. 

Mr.  Burton.  I  might  make  an  inquiry  of  Southwestern  Bell  to 
see  if  any  American  resources  are  being  directly  or  indirectly  fun- 
neled  to  Castro  in  this  purchase.  And  we  will  at  least  make  that 
inquiry. 

Mr.  Menges,  do  you  want  to  comment? 

Mr.  Menges.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  think  that  the  pattern  of  events 
in  1994  suggests 

Mr.  Burton.  Could  you  pull  the  mike  a  little  closer.  Your  voice 
is  not  carrying  very  well. 

Mr.  Menges.  The  pattern  of  events  in  1994  suggests  to  me — and 
as  you  know,  I  served  as  special  assistant  to  President  Reagan  for 
national  security  affairs,  responsible  for  Latin  America  among 
other  issues,  for  quite  some  time  in  the  1980's. 


19 

The  pattern  of  events  in  Mexico  suggests  to  me  that  when  the 
guerrilla  group  began  operating  on  January  1,  1994,  the  35th  anni- 
versary of  Castro's  seizure  of  power,  I  thought  the  date  was  inter- 
esting, in  a  region  which  had  been  controlled  by  the  Communist 
guerrillas  of  Guatemala  for  at  least  10  years,  that  this  could  never 
have  begun  as  a  process  without  the  approval  both  of  the  Com- 
munist guerrillas  of  Guatemala  and  their  key  sponsor,  Castro  and 
the  Castro  regime. 

And  the  process  of  the  political  destabilization  represented  by  the 
guerrillas  started  the  ending  of  investment  in  Mexico.  The  assas- 
sination of  the  Mexican  Presidential  candidate  in  April  started  the 
process  of  capital  flight.  And  that  started  the  economic  crisis. 

The  kidnappings  in  Mexico  of  more  than  120  wealthy  people  in 
1994,  many  of  whom  were  on  a  list  found  in  the  hidden  head- 
quarters of  the  Sandinistas  in  Nicaragua  in  May  1993,  altogether 
suggests  a  pattern  in  which  part  of  Mexico's  political  and  economic 
crisis,  which  I  believe  will  grow  more  severe,  is  caused  by  oper- 
ations in  which  Castro  and  the  Castro  regime  are  a  part. 

And  I  believe  that  there  was  a  form  of  basically  political  black- 
mail in  my  sense  of  the  $1.5  billion  pseudo  purchase  of  Telephonas 
de  Cuba.  After  all,  bu3dng  49  percent  of  a  so-called  state  owned 
telephone  company  is  like  buying  nothing.  So  the  $1.5  billion,  I 
would  say  in  some  respects,  represented  an  effort  by  President  Sa- 
linas of  Mexico  to  buy  off  Castro,  and  to  reduce  the  pressure  before 
the  August  1994  election. 

Again  these  are  judgments,  Mr.  Chairman.  These  are  inferences 
I  am  making  from  historical  facts  based  upon  patterns  of  action 
over  many  decades.  But  I  believe  that  one  can  say  that  there  is  a 
pattern  of  events  that  suggest  both  that  the  purchase  had  a  politi- 
cal blackmailing  aspect  to  it,  an  appeasing  of  Cuba,  and  that  there 
is  a  continuing  question  and  problem  of  the  Cuba  involvement  with 
the  far  left  within  Mexico,  which  merits  serious  attention. 

Mr.  Burton.  Well,  thank  you.  We  will  follow  up  on  that  maybe 
in  the  next  round.  Right  now,  I  will  recognize  my  colleague,  Ms. 
Ros-Lehtinen. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Thank  you  very  much,  both  of  you,  for  excel- 
lent testimony.  Dr.  Menges  and  Mr.  Mas.  I  wanted  to  ask  you  some 
questions.  Certainly,  this  week  is  a  very  important  week  for  all  of 
us  whose  strong  desire  is  to  have  a  free  and  democratic  Cuba  very 
soon. 

The  human  rights  discussions  that  are  taking  place  in  Geneva 
this  week,  what  is  your  outlook  or  general  comments  that  you 
would  like  to  make  about  how  important  our  policy  statement  is  to 
the  future  of  a  democratic  and  free  Cuba,  Dr.  Menges? 

Mr.  Menges.  I  believe  that  it  is  extremely  important  always  to 
hold  out  and  to  point  to  the  truth  about  the  repression  of  the  peo- 
ple of  Cuba  by  the  Castro  regime.  That  is  why  I  think  the  state- 
ments by  all  of  you  members  of  Congress  today  have  been  ex- 
tremely important,  and  they  need  to  be  widely  reported. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Dr.  Menges,  if  you  could  keep  your  remarks 
short.  We  are  going  to  have  a  vote  very  soon.  So  I  will  keep  my 
questions  short. 

Mr.  Burton.  If  you  would  take  the  chair.  I  have  to  go  to  the 
floor. 


20 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Yes. 

Mr.  Burton.  And  I  shall  return,  along  with  Congressman 
Torricelli,  in  just  a  few  moments. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Thank  you.  Gro  ahead.  I  apologize. 

Mr.  Menges.  I  have  answered.  Let  me  defer  to  Mr.  Mas. 

Mr.  Mas.  I  think  that  it  is  very  important  to  be  specific.  The 
Human  Rights  Commission  that  met  in  Geneva  today  should  look, 
and  I  think  that  there  has  been  effort  undertaken  at  this  point,  to 
expose  what  happened  with  the  tugboat,  13th  of  March.  And  to 
show  the  real  criminal  nature  of  the  Cuban  Government  under  the 
instruction  of  Fidel  Castro  himself,  who  is  responsible  for  the 
drowning  of  23  children  when  they  tried  to  gain  freedom  by  board- 
ing that  tugboat  toward  the  coast  of  Florida. 

And  it  is  important  that  we  denounce  that,  and  that  the  U.S. 
Congress  and  the  American  people  know  about  the  violation  of 
human  rights  in  Cuba.  Because  it  is  a  shame  for  Time  magazine, 
for  example,  to  have  a  spread  of  nine  pages  in  last  week's  edition. 
And  there  is  not  one  single  word  there  about  dictatorship.  They  call 
Castro  the  lion  in  the  winter.  They  call  Fidel  Castro  the  last  ro- 
mantic revolutionary.  But  the  word  dictator  is  not  at  all  in  any  of 
those  nine  pages  published  by  Time  magazine. 

And  I  think  that  the  American  people  deserve  better,  and  should 
be  better  informed.  And  we  should  not  rely  only  on  a  newspaper 
organization  like  Time  magazine,  or  the  New  York  Times,  or  the 
Washington  Post  that  are  just  involved  in  the  propaganda  effort  to 
rescue  Fidel  Castro  in  some  way  or  somehow  to  get  the  embargo 
lifted. 

I  do  not  think  that  they  are  being  objective.  I  think  that  the 
American  people  are  denied  the  right  to  know  the  truth  about 
Cuba.  And  I  think  that  20  percent  of  the  Cuban  population  in  the 
United  States  as  victims  of  the  Castro  government  is  the  best  testi- 
mony to  let  the  American  people  to  really  know  what  is  happening 
in  Cuba,  and  what  Castro  stands  for,  and  the  criminal  nature  of 
that  government. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Thank  you.  TV  and  Radio  Marti  and  this 
budget  problem,  all  of  us  know  that  it  is  going  to  be  difficult  to 
keep  even  beneficial  programs  alive.  We  just  survived  a  subcommit- 
tee meeting  today  where  TV  and  Radio  Marti  was  able  to  stay  in 
the  budget.  We  do  not  know  in  the  recision  bills  what  will  happen. 

What  would  you  say  to  those  members  who  believe  that  it  is  time 
to  eliminate  those  programs?  And  also,  if  you  have  some  rec- 
ommendations about  what  we  can  do  to  make  it  even  more  success- 
ful, so  that  the  message  of  hope  and  democracy  gets  to  the  people 
of  Cuba. 

Mr.  Mas.  I  believe  that  the  strongest  weapon  that  we  have  as  a 
Nation  is  the  truth,  to  convey  the  truth  and  freedom  of  information 
to  the  rest  of  the  world.  I  think  that  we  all  realize  that  in  the 
downfall  of  communism  in  the  Soviet  Union  and  Eastern  Europe 
that  freedom  of  information  probably  played  a  most  vital  and  im- 
portant role  in  freeing  those  countries. 

And  we  would  be  neglecting  those  values  if  we  do  not  support  the 
tremendous  and  modest  economic  effort  that  we  are  doing  regard- 
ing Radio  and  TV  Marti.  With  a  few  million  dollars,  we  have  been 
able  to  convert  the  Cuban  population  into  what  the  Cuban  popu- 


21 

lation  has  always  been.  A  devoted  people  friendly  to  the  United 
States,  who  treasure  the  same  values  that  we  share  in  this  nation. 

Before  that,  the  only  information  that  the  Cuban  people  would 
obtain  came  from  the  Cuban  Grovemment.  They  have  a  monopoly 
on  information  to  the  Cuban  people.  And  therefore,  they  were  ma- 
nipulating everything  that  comes  into  the  propaganda  machinery  of 
the  Cuban  Government.  We  broke  the  monopoly.  On  May  20,  1985 
is  going  to  be  the  10th  anniversary,  and  we  are  doing  it  at  an  ex- 
pense of  I  think  $13  or  $14  million  a  year. 

I  think  that  it  would  not  be  consistent  with  the  history  of  the 
United  States  if  we  cutoff  the  funding  for  Radio  and  TV  Marti,  and 
we  would  be  den3dng  11  million  people  just  90  miles  offshore  of  the 
United  States  the  right  to  gain  access  to  freedom  of  information. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Thank  you. 

Dr.  Menges,  if  I  could  stop  you  even  before  you  start,  in  the  in- 
terest of  time.  I  had  some  other  questions  that  I  wanted  to  ask.  But 
since  the  bell  just  rang  and  we  have  a  vote,  if  I  could  ask  Mr. 
Menendez  if  he  has  questions  for  these  panelists  before  we  break. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Yes,  thank  you.  Madam  Chairlady. 

I  want  to  commend  both  of  your  testimonies.  I  appreciate  it  very 
much.  I  am  sure  that  the  committee  does  as  well.  It  was  very 
strong  with  a  lot  of  food  for  thought. 

I  would  like  to  ask  Mr.  Mas,  as  someone  who  is  president  of  a 
national  foundation,  does  the  foundation  do  research  on  what  is 
going  on  in  Cuba  today? 

Mr.  Mas.  Yes,  and  we  constantly  do  that.  And  we  have  more 
than  seven  people  fuU-time  devoted  to  research  on  what  is  happen- 
ing in  Cuba,  and  what  the  factual  situation  in  Cuba  is  today. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  Lourdes  facility  in 
Cuba? 

Mr.  Mas.  Yes,  I  am. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Could  you  tell  the  committee  what  that  facility 
is  and  what  it  does? 

Mr.  Mas.  It  is  espionage  based  to  listen  to  every  single  telephone 
conversation  that  is  taking  place  in  the  United  States,  not  only 
among  the  civilian  population  but  among  the  military  personnel.  It 
is  handled,  administered,  and  directed  by  Soviet  personnel.  And 
Castro  has  sold  that  piece  of  the  island  to  the  Soviets  to  spy  on  the 
United  States. 

Mr.  Menendez.  And  is  my  understanding  that  the  sum  of  about 
$200  million  that  the  Russians  pay  Cuba  the  correct  sum  for  the 
use  of  that  location? 

Mr.  Mas.  That  is  the  same  number  that  the  Cuban  Government 
and  the  Soviets  have  agreed  publicly  that  that  is  what  the  Cuban 
Government  collects  from  the  Soviet  Union  for  the  leasing  of  that 
base. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Are  you  familiar  from  your  research  in  the  foun- 
dation with  a  nuclear  power  plan  that  is  being  built  at  Cienfuegos? 

Mr.  Mas.  Yes,  we  are. 

Mr.  Menendez.  And  what  can  you  tell  the  committee  about  that? 

Mr.  Mas.  Well,  the  nuclear  plant  that  has  been  built  in  Cienfue- 
gos under  the  direction  of  the  Russians,  I  think  that  the  Congress 
before  has  heard  a  lot  of  testimony  from  an  expert  who  has  worked 
on  the  construction  of  the  nuclear  plant,  that  is  posed  a  tremen- 


22 

dous  risk  to  the  United  States.  It  is  faulty  construction.  And  if  that 
nuclear  power  plant  is  ever  finished,  we  are  in  danger  of  having 
another  Chernobyl  right  in  the  Caribbean. 

And  I  think  that  there  has  been  ample  evidence  by  those  people 
who  have  left  the  island,  and  have  worked  with  that  nuclear  power 
plant  that  there  is  tremendous  risk,  if  that  plant  is  ever  finished. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Now  there  are  many  who  suggest  that  that  plant 
is  a  dead  matter. 

But  have  you  read  accounts  or  have  you  had  opportunity  through 
the  foundation  to  research  accounts  of  various  countries  looking 
into  the  possibility  of  assisting  in  a  joint  venture  with  the  Castro 
dictatorship  for  the  completion  of  that  power  plant? 

Mr.  Mas.  The  Cuban  Government  has  tried  to  enlist  the  coopera- 
tion of  France  and  Germany,  and  even  the  Japanese,  to  see  if  they 
could  finish  the  construction  of  that  nuclear  plant.  I  do  not  think 
that  he  has  received  any  serious  commitment  from  any  of  those  na- 
tions to  finish  that  nuclear  plant. 

Mr.  Menendez.  And  this  plant,  if  it  were  to  be  finished,  would 
be  90  miles  away  from  the  United  States? 

Mr.  Mas.  Very  close.  Cienfuegos  is  on  the  south  coast  of  Cuba. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Let  me  ask  you  a  final  question.  There  could  be 
so  many  more,  but  let  me  ask  you  a  final  question.  We  read  a  lot 
about  economic  reform  in  Cuba,  and  I  think  that  you  alluded  to  it 
in  your  statement. 

Is  there  true  economic  reform  in  Cuba,  or  do  we  just  see  invest- 
ment; and  what  is  the  investment  like? 

I  hear  stories  of  people,  Cuban  workers,  who  are  not  paid  directly 
by  the  employers,  but  are  paid  through  the  Cuban  Government 
with  the  individual  company,  the  foreign  company,  paying  the 
Cuban  Government.  And  the  Cuban  (government  in  essence  paying 
the  worker  what  would  be  the  equivalent  of  a  slave  wage. 

Mr.  Mas.  The  answer  is  no,  absolutely  no.  There  are  not  any  eco- 
nomic reforms  taking  place,  but  cosmetic  changes,  just  to  develop 
the  perception  that  he,  in  fact,  is  introducing  economic  reforms  on 
the  island.  What  Castro  is  really  doing  is  selling  the  island  off  to 
anyone  who  will  walk  in  and  buy  whatever  is  left  in  Cuba,  regard- 
less of  who  was  the  former  owner,  and  regardless  of  the  interests 
of  the  Cuban  people. 

What  is  really  happening  is  that  some  of  those  investors  are  posi- 
tioning themselves.  So  with  this  opportunistic  approach  of  going  to 
Cuba,  and  buying  very  cheap  property  that  they  think  is  going  to 
be  worth  tremendously  in  a  post-Castro  Cuba.  By  doing  that,  he  is 
denjdng  the  Cuban  people  part  of  what  is  the  national  patrimony. 

The  hotels  that  have  been  built  in  Cuba,  for  example,  what  they 
really  doing  is  setting  an  economic  opportunity.  The  Cuban  people 
cannot  go  into  those  hotels.  They  cannot  eat  in  those  restaurants. 
They  cannot  buy  on  those  beaches  that  those  foreign  investors  are 
exploiting.  The  tourists,  the  Canadian  tourism,  the  French,  or 
Spanish. 

And  the  Cuban  people  resent  that.  Because  whoever  goes  into 
Cuba  is  only  with  the  mentality  to  serve  the  tourist  industry  or  to 
serve  foreigners,  and  not  the  Cuban  people.  No  infrastructure 
whatsoever  has  been  developed  in  Cuba  today.  No  services,  no 
manufactured  products.  There  is  not  a  currency  in  Cuba.  There  is 


23 

no  incentive  to  any  Cubsin  worker  to  engage  in  any  productive  eco- 
nomic activity. 

But  even  worse,  it  is  the  Cuban  people  who  cannot  do  the  same 
thing  that  foreigners  and  foreign  investors  are  doing  in  Cuba.  No 
Cuban  citizen  can  engage  in  any  economic  activity  that  any  foreign- 
ers can  do  in  Cuba.  That  is  denied  to  the  Cuban  people,  the  right 
to  organize  themselves  and  participate  in  the  economic  well-being 
of  the  nation. 

Cuban  workers  are  not  paid  by  those  foreign  investors.  They  are 
sold  to  those  foreign  investors.  The  Castro  government  pays  those 
workers  with  pesos,  which  are  worth  nothing.  And  then  the  foreign 
investors  in  turn  pay  Castro  a  tremendous  amount  of  dollars  for 
those  workers. 

It  is  a  crime  what  is  happening  in  Cuba.  You  do  not  read  that 
in  the  papers  in  this  country.  You  do  not  read  that  in  the  New 
York  Times.  You  do  not  read  that  in  the  Washington  Post.  You  do 
not  read  that  in  Time  magazine,  but  that  is  what  is  happening  in 
Cuba. 

And  if  you  just  read  the  testimony  of  a  tremendous  list  of  people 
who  have  come  to  the  hearings  here  and  have  testified  as  to  how 
they  have  been  exploited  by  the  Cuban  Grovemment,  the  fact  will 
come  out  and  the  real  nature  of  the  Cuban  Government  will  be  ex- 
posed. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Members,  what  we  will  do,  we  have  a  vote 
on  right  now.  Mr.  Torricelli  has  voted.  I  will  recognize  Mr. 
Torricelli  to  ask  the  questions.  You  see,  we  took  power,  and  already 
we  are  relinquishing  it.  How  much  more  democratic  can  you  get? 
And  we  will  dismiss  ourselves  to  go  vote,  but  Mr.  Torricelli  will  ask 
the  questions.  And  then  after  his  round,  we  will  recess  and  convene 
the  next  set  of  paneUsts.  Thank  you.  Mr.  Torricelli. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  Thank  you  very  much.  This  is  a  great  honor.  I 
am  the  last  Democrat  to  actually  be  presiding  over  a  hearing. 

Mr.  Mas.  But  the  best  one. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  Thank  you. 

There  has  been  so  much  said  and  so  much  information  about  the 
American  embargo  and  how  it  might  end.  Knowing  that  this  is 
being  broadcast  to  Cuba,  it  is  an  opportunity  to  put  to  rest  some 
of  the  misunderstandings,  and  to  establish  clearly  some  of  our  own 
positions. 

First,  there  are  repeated  attempts  in  the  media  to  convince 
President  Clinton  to  end  the  embargo  and  to  begin  trade.  Those  ap- 
peals are  of  no  moment.  The  embargo  exists  in  the  laws  of  the 
United  States.  Absent  certain  events  occurring  in  Cuba,  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  has  no  authority,  nor  any  other  official 
of  the  U.S.  Grovemment,  to  end  the  embargo  with  Cuba.  It  is  per- 
manent unless  and  until  there  are  certain  political  events  occurring 
within  Cuba. 

Mr.  Mas,  you  helped  with  the  drafting  of  this,  and  you  know  the 
bill  as  well  as  I  do. 

Is  that  your  understanding  of  the  current  state  of  American  law? 

Mr.  Mas.  Absolutely.  And  I  think  that  anyone  who  might  doubt, 
for  the  first  time  we  have  a  tremendous  political  consensus  in  this 
country.  Democrats  alike  with  Republicans,  that  this  is  the  policy 


24 

of  the  United  States  toward  Cuba,  I  think  that  they  would  be  de- 
ceiving themselves.  I  think  that  is  the  policy,  and  that  it  is  going 
to  continue.  I  think  that  the  consensus  of  the  American  people  is 
that  as  long  as  Castro  does  not  introduce  real  democratic  political 
reforms  in  Cuba,  that  there  will  be  no  lifting  of  the  embargo. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  And  that  gets  to  my  second  point  that  I  wanted 
to  make.  To  suggest  that  the  President  of  the  United  States  does 
not  have  the  authority  to  end  the  American  embargo  does  not  sug- 
gest that  there  are  not  some  people  who  do  have  that  power. 

It  is  both  my  memory  and  my  interpretation  of  the  Cuban  De- 
mocracy Act  that  the  American  embargo  on  Cuba  ends,  and  that 
it  ends  immediately  and  completely  upon  the  holding  of  a  free  and 
fair  election  in  Cuba.  Therefore,  ironically,  the  only  person  in  the 
world  who  has  the  power  to  cause  an  immediate  suspension  of  the 
embargo  is  Fidel  Castro.  By  calling  an  election  and  ensuring  that 
there  is  a  free  press,  and  that  it  is  monitored,  and  that  the  genuine 
rights  of  the  Cuban  people  to  express  themselves  in  an  electoral 
process  exists. 

What  I  think  is  significant,  however,  Mr.  Mas  Canosa,  is  that  the 
Cuban  people  here  themselves  and  that  your  position  remains  the 
same  as  that  of  the  U.S.  Government.  Our  objective  is  simple,  a 
free  and  a  fair  election.  When  it  is  held,  there  is  no  embargo.  Just 
as  in  South  Africa,  when  the  apartheid  government  yielded  to  a 
multiracial  election,  there  was  no  longer  an  embargo  on  South  Afri- 
ca. 

Just  as  when  the  Soviet  Union  allowed  Jews  to  begin  to  emi- 
grate, we  lifted  sanctions  on  trade.  There  is  no  unique  provision 
here  for  Cuba.  You  respect  the  most  basic  element  of  human  rights, 
and  then  you  are  granted  the  full  rights  to  trade  in  the  inter- 
national system. 

What  I  think  is  important  for  the  Cuban  people  is  that  they  rec- 
ognize that  not  only  Democrats  and  Republicans  and  this  govern- 
ment shares  that  position,  but  indeed  the  most  notable  exiled 
Cuban  leaders  in  the  American  community  hold  that  view. 

Mr.  Mas.  Absolutely.  I  concur,  Mr.  Torricelli.  And  we  will  all  join 
together  on  the  day  that  free  and  democratic  elections  are  held  in 
Cuba,  and  a  democratic  government  emerges  from  that  election. 

We  do  not  support  tne  embargo  just  to  deprive  the  Cuban  people 
of  any  resource.  We  have  an  embargo  not  against  the  Cuban  people 
but  against  the  Cuban  Government,  the  repressive  policies  of  the 
Cuban  Government  which  keeps  in  jails  in  Cuba  thousands  and 
thousands  of  political  prisoners,  and  which  is  responsible  for  the 
drowning  of  thousands  and  thousands  of  Cubans  in  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  and  just  recently  a  few  months  ago. 

It  is  up  to  Fidel  Castro  to  make  his  mind  up,  and  think  about 
the  Cuban  people  and  think  about  the  nation.  And  the  day  that  he 
calls  a  free  and  democratic  election,  I  think  that  we  are  all  in 
agreement  and  have  a  full  consensus.  That  that  day  the  embargo 
should  be  lifted.  And  then  I  would  be  able  to  join  with  the  Cuban 
Communist  delegation,  which  some  of  them  are  attending  this 
hearing  here,  to  request  the  lifting  of  the  embargo. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  It  is  important,  of  course,  not  only  for  Fidel  Cas- 
tro to  understand,  but  for  members  of  the  Cuban  military  estab- 
lishment, and  the  Communist  Party,  and  others  who  may  have  a 


25 

belief  that  if  Fidel  Castro  is  there  or  whether  he  leaves  is  of  no  par- 
ticular consequence,  because  they  remain  in  an  embargo  against 
the  United  States.  That  is  exactly  the  opposite  of  what  the  law 
states. 

If  indeed  any  segment  of  the  Cuban  society  were  to  seize  power 
by  any  particular  means  and  hold  a  free  and  fair  election,  the  em- 
bargo ends.  That  this  embargo  does  not  continue  after  a  Castro  dic- 
tatorship ends  as  long  as  the  people,  whatever  they  have  done  in 
the  past,  and  whatever  their  backgrounds  might  be,  whoever  they 
might  be,  nevertheless  hold  a  free  and  fair  election,  and  allow  a  le- 
gitimate government  to  take  place. 

That  is  a  critical  message  to  the  Cuban  military  and  other  mem- 
bers of  the  Communist  Party  to  understand.  There  is  a  chance  to 
start  Cuban  history  over  again.  And  that  no  one  is  excluded  from 
the  Cuban  future,  whether  they  have  been  in  Miami  or  whether 
they  have  been  in  Cuba,  whether  they  have  been  in  New  Jersey  or 
they  have  been  in  Spain.  If  they  believe  in  pluralism,  to  get  them- 
selves to  the  people,  then  they  too  can  come  back  together  in  a  new 
Cuban  future. 

Could  you  comment  on  that,  and  express  your  own  views? 

Mr.  Mas.  Yes,  Mr.  Torricelli.  And  I  want  to  commend  you  and 
to  express  our  gratitude  on  behalf  of  not  only  the  Cuban  exile  com- 
munity, but  on  behalf  of  the  Cuban  people  who  cannot  express 
themselves.  Because  when  the  Torricelli  bill,  as  we  call  it — ^you  call 
it  the  Cuban  Democracy  Act,  and  that  is  the  official  name,  but  we 
Cuban-Americans  and  the  Cuban  people  know  the  Cuban  Democ- 
racy Act  by  the  name  of  the  Torricelli  bill — I  think  that  you  do  not 
underestimate  the  Cuban  people  when  that  bill  makes  certain  and 
guarantees  that  the  only  way  to  lift  the  embargo  and  to  establish 
normal  diplomatic  relations,  and  to  allow  Cuba  into  the  Inter- 
national Monetary  Fund,  is  the  day  that  Castro  or  any  transition 
government  holds  free  and  free  and  democratic  elections. 

The  Cuban  people  are  not  above  any  other  people,  but  are  not 
under  any  other  people  in  the  world,  and  it  is  entitled  to  the  same 
rights  that  all  of  the  rest  of  humanity  today  is  being  considered 
and  is  being  allowed.  We  need  free  and  democratic  elections  for  the 
Cuban  people.  We  have  not  held  free  and  democratic  elections  in 
Cuba  for  over  40  years  now. 

So  to  make  certain,  and  that  is  why  this  bill  defends  and  respects 
the  rights  of  the  Cuban  people  so  much  by  calling  on  anyone  who 
would  succeed  Fidel  Castro  that  free  and  democratic  election 
should  be  held  immediately.  And  that  should  drive  out  any  fear  by 
anyone  either  in  the  Uberal  media  or  in  the  political  establishment 
that  after  Castro  that  a  dictatorship  might  be  established. 

We  have  made  clear,  and  I  think  that  there  is  not  only  a  consen- 
sus of  the  American  Nation  but  also  the  Cuban  nation  inside  the 
island,  that  normal  diplomatic  relations  with  the  United  States 
should  only  be  estabUshed  the  day  that  free  and  democratic  elec- 
tions are  held. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  But  I  want  to  provide  to  the  Cuban  people  and 
to  the  American  media  a  contrast  between  Jorge  Mas  Canosa  and 
the  Cuban  American  Foundation  and  the  Communist  Party  and 
Fidel  Castro  in  the  clearest  possible  terms.  By  not  holding  a  free 


26 

and  fair  election,  it  is  clear  that  Fidel  Castro  will  not  subject  him- 
self to  the  will  of  the  majority  of  the  Cuban  people. 

If  Cuba  were  to  hold,  under  international  supervision,  a  free  and 
fair  election  where  the  media  could  cover  this  both  internally  and 
internationally,  where  every  Cuban  citizen  is  guaranteed  their 
most  basic  rights  and  could  express  themselves,  that  Fidel  Castro 
will  not  go  by  the  majority  will  of  the  Cuban  people,  whatever  the 
outcome  might  be,  but  is  it  clear  and  unmistakable  that  in  your  be- 
lief in  the  democratic  process  that  you  will  subject  yourself  to  the 
desires  of  the  Cuban  people  whatever  it  might  as  long  as  that  proc- 
ess meets  the  highest  standards  of  being  free  and  fair. 

Mr.  Mas.  Absolutely,  yes,  Mr.  Torricelli.  Castro  is  constantly 
claiming  that  he  is  the  most  popular  leader  in  Cuba.  And  I  will 
challenge  Castro  to  hold  free  and  democratic  elections,  and  submit 
himself  to  the  vote  of  the  Cuban  people.  And  if  the  Cuban  people 
elect  Fidel  Castro,  then  I  think  that  we  all  should  respect  that  new 
democratic  government  elected  and  Fidel  Castro  as  the  head  of 
that  government. 

Castro  does  not  hold  a  free  and  democratic  election,  because  he 
knows  beforehand  the  result  of  that  election.  And  all  we  are  asking 
for  the  Cuban  people  is  the  same  rights  that  the  Colombian  people 
have,  and  the  Mexican  people  have,  and  the  Venezuelan,  and  the 
Argentinean,  and  the  United  States  people  have. 

Let  the  people  decide.  Let  the  people  elect  their  own  officials.  We 
ask  and  would  challenge  Castro  to  submit  himself  to  a  free  and 
democratic  election. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  Well,  that  is  the  contrast  that  I  wanted  to  see 
established.  I  have  got  the  advantage  of  not  having  to  have  anyone 
take  my  time  here,  and  I  have  a  captive  audience.  I  want  to  take 
full  advantage  of  it. 

Some  people  do  not  understand  why  both  in  our  legislation  and 
in  the  policy  of  this  Government  is  to  require  the  licensing  of  peo- 
ple who  want  to  make  donations  to  the  United  States  and  to  Cuba. 
And  so  some,  the  Pastors  for  Peace,  for  example,  have  attempted 
to  go  to  Cuba  and  to  distribute  their  donations  without  a  United 
States  Government  license  or  any  supervision. 

I  read  a  report  only  this  morning  in  my  office  that  once  again, 
and  it  is  important  that  the  Cuban  people  hear  this  through  Radio 
Marti,  that  the  tourist  hotels  that  line  the  beaches  of  Cuba  are 
once  again  being  stocked  with  items  that  are  being  donated  by  hu- 
manitarian organizations  in  the  United  States. 

People,  American  families,  with  the  best  of  intentions  who  care 
for  the  Cuban  people  and  want  to  help,  even  if  they  do  not  agree 
with  your  policy,  are  giving  of  their  hard-earned  money,  and  they 
are  giving  items.  And  they  are  showing  up  again  in  tourist  hotels. 

It  is  important  that  the  Cuban  people  know  that  a  part  of  their 
deprivation  is  because  the  government  is  literally  stealing  humani- 
tarian donations  in  order  to  sell  them  at  marked  up  prices  to  Euro- 
pean tourists.  And  it  is  critical  that  the  humanitarian  community 
in  the  United  States,  as  well  intentioned  as  they  might  be,  under- 
stands that  that  is  the  reality  of  what  is  happening. 

Our  law  requires  a  simple  license  to  make  humanitarian  dona- 
tions, because  we  want  those  groups  to  distribute  the  items  them- 
selves. If  you  go  from  the  United  States  to  Cuba  and  actually  hand 


27 

medicine  or  food  to  a  Cuban  citizen,  the  U.S.  Grovemment  allows 
that. 

Indeed,  today,  the  United  States  distributes  more  donations  of 
food  and  medicines  to  the  Cuban  people  per  capita,  citizens  of  the 
United  States,  than  any  other  nation  on  Earth.  That  is  how  much 
we  are  giving. 

Now  how  much  is  getting  there?  That  is  another  matter.  Because 
everybody  is  not  getting  these  licenses.  Instead  of  giving  it  to 
Cuban  citizens,  they  are  giving  it  to  the  Cuban  Government,  where 
it  goes  right  to  the  Communist  Party,  or  it  goes  to  a  tourist  hotel. 

Mr.  Mas.  That  is  absolutely  true,  Mr.  Torricelli.  And  I  am  glad 
that  you  brought  the  point  up  that  the  Cuban  people  are  listening 
to  this  testimony  through  Radio  Marti.  Because  the  Torricelli  bill 
has  been  criticized  by  the  liberal  media  by  saying  that  you  just  re- 
inforced the  embargo  against  Cuba. 

But  they  do  not  talk  about  the  humanitarian  part  of  the 
Torricelli  bill.  For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  Cuban  exile 
community  in  36  years,  we  have  direct  calls  to  our  relatives  and 
friends  in  Cuba.  It  used  to  take  weeks  and  sometimes  months  and 
years  to  make  a  telephone  connection  with  any  relative  or  friend 
in  Cuba.  Now  we  can  just  pick  up  the  telephone  in  Miami  and  dial 
direct  any  friend  or  any  relative  on  the  island  of  Cuba. 

It  is  important  for  the  record  to  know  that  the  Cuban-American 
community  is  sending  $400  million  a  year  in  humanitarian  assist- 
ance to  the  Cuban  people.  Where  does  that  assistance  go?  That  is 
another  thing.  Most  of  it  is  manipulated  by  the  Cuban  Govern- 
ment, as  you  expressed. 

And  it  is  important  also  that  the  Cuban  people  and  the  liberal 
media  know  that  the  Torricelli  bill  authorized  humanitarian  assist- 
ance to  the  Cuban  people  in  large  quantities  as  long  as  that  hu- 
manitarian assistance  goes  directly  to  the  Cuban  people,  and  does 
not  go  through  the  hands  of  the  Cuban  Government. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  That  is  all  we  ask,  and  then  it  is  unlimited.  And 
I  do  not  think  that  that  is  an  inappropriate  thing  to  request.  That 
is  in  the  interest  of  all  parties. 

Now  additionally,  I  wanted  to  share  with  you  the  experience  of 
having  gone  to  Guantanamo  last  year.  Arriving  in  the  camps,  and 
this  is  important  for  the  international  community  to  hear  as  well 
as  those  within  Cuba,  several  hundred  people  rushed  to  me  and  to 
Lincoln  Diaz-Balart.  And  although  my  Spanish  is  good,  when  peo- 
ple are  excited  and  they  speak,  sometimes  I  cannot  understand  it. 

Mr.  Mas.  Much  better  than  my  English. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  And  I  said  to  Lincoln  Diaz-Balart,  "I  kept  hear- 
ing them  sajdng  Mexico  and  Spain.  What  are  they  say?"  They  were 
repeating  over  and  over  again,  without  us  prompting  them,  that  if 
it  were  not  for  investments  by  Spain  and  by  Mexico  that  Castro 
would  have  fallen  a  long  ago. 

To  our  friends  in  Europe  and  Latin  America,  I  think  that  it  is 
important  for  them  to  understand  a  generation  of  Cubans  are 
never  going  to  be  able  to  forget  that  in  this  moment  of  peril  of  the 
Cuban  people  when  they  were  fighting  for  their  freedom,  that  there 
are  those  who  would  take  advantage  of  their  suffering. 

And  the  Cuban  people  unprompted  rushed  to  us  to  share  with  us 
the  names  of  the  countries.  They  may  think  that  it  is  good  busi- 


28 

ness,  and  maybe  there  are  a  few  gold  coins  in  the  next  few  months 
that  they  will  gain.  But  they  risk  the  enmity  of  those  people  for  a 
generation,  and  lost  business  opportunities. 

And  finally,  Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen,  if  I  could.  I  want  only  to  add  that 
before  me  I  have  what  is  appropriately  titled  from  the  Cuban 
American  National  Foundation  Cuba's  Hall  of  Shame.  It  is  inter- 
national corporations  that  are  investing  in  trading  with  Cuba,  I  be- 
lieve as  I  have  cited  for  short  term  advantage  and  long-term  loss. 

Could  you  just  say  for  me  what  is  the  difference  in  the  purchas- 
ing power  between  Cuban-Americans  and  those  within  Cuba,  if  you 
were  only  to  take  it  in  monetary  terms? 

Mr.  Mas.  Well,  the  purchasing  power  of  the  Cuban  people  is  just 
about  nil.  It  is  nonexistent.  They  have  to  trade  in  the  black  market, 
and  grab  whatever  dollars  they  can. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  What  do  you  estimate  the  purchasing  power  of 
Cuban-Americans  to  be? 

Mr.  Mas.  Well,  we  have  an  economy  in  South  Florida  close  to  $32 
billion  a  year  GNP,  the  combination  of  manufactured  products  and 
services.  You  had  an  economy  in  Cuba  of  less  than  $3  billion.  So 
it  shows  the  contrast  of  it  between  one  system  and  the  other. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Well,  let  me  then  finally  conclude  by  suggesting 
to  the  board  of  directors,  and  the  executives,  and  the  investors  of 
only  a  few  of  these  corporations  that  not  only  do  they  risk  long- 
term  investment  in  Cuba  by  a  new  Cuban  Government,  which  is 
inevitably  going  to  hold  them  responsible  for  being  complicitious 
with  the  dictatorship,  but  there  are  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
Cuban-Americans  and  others  who  believe  in  freedom,  and  do  not 
like  corporations  to  take  advantage  of  the  loss  of  freedom  of  other 
people.  That  you  are  risking  them  as  well. 

To  Cuban-Americans  in  South  Florida  who  buy  Toyotas,  Nissans, 
Mitsubishis.  They  do  business  with  Fidel  Castro.  I  would  not  do 
business  with  them. 

Unfortunately,  an  Italian  company,  Benetton,  likes  to  do  busi- 
ness with  Fidel  Castro.  I  would  not  be  visiting  Benetton  in  Miami 
any  time  soon. 

For  those  in  the  construction  business  in  the  Cuban-American 
community  who  might  do  business  with  Cemex.  And  those  who  im- 
port oil,  with  Pemex  from  Mexico.  I  would  think  about  it  all  again. 

In  the  telecommunications  business  from  France,  Alcatel.  I  would 
think  long  and  hard.  The  fashion  industry  from  France,  Pierre 
Cardin. 

Page  after  page  of  corporations.  If  I  were  a  Cuban-American  and 
I  had  a  radio  station  in  Miami  for  a  newspaper,  I  would  read  this 
list  every  day. 

One  thing  that  I  respect  about  the  Jewish-American  community. 
It  took  50  years  before  many  Jewish-Americans  would  buy  products 
of  corporations  that  participated  in  the  Holocaust. 

If  I  were  a  Cuban-American,  it  would  take  50  years  before  I 
would  buy  the  product  of  a  corporation  that  helped  enslave  the 
Cuban  people.  This  is  a  record  of  shame.  I  hope  that  every  radio 
station  in  Miami  will  begin  reading  these  products,  and  asking  peo- 
ple to  stay  away  from  these  corporations. 

Thank  you  for  being  so  generous  with  the  time. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Thank  you  very  much. 


29 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  I  hope  you  voted  for  my  amendment  when  you 
were  over  there. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Well,  I  doubt  that.  I  voted  the  right  way. 

Mr.  Mas.  Madam  Chairman,  would  you  allow  me  just  30  sec- 
onds? 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Yes,  Mr.  Mas,  but  if  we  could  wrap  it  up,  be- 
cause we  have  the  next  panel. 

Mr.  Mas.  Mr.  Torricelli  brought  up  a  very  important  statement 
about  Guantanamo,  the  people  asking  for  Mexico  and  Spain  to  stop 
the  trade  from  Mexico  and  Spain  with  Cuba.  I  think  that  the  best 
expression  and  the  best  testimony  of  what  the  Cuban  people  inside 
the  island  believe  is  of  those  30,000  people  in  Guantanamo  who 
just  arrived  a  few  months  ago,  and  they  must  have  a  clear  opinion 
of  what  the  thoughts  of  the  Cuban  people  are. 

And  those  who  doubt  the  popularity  of  the  embargo  or  the 
Torricelli  bill,  I  would  like  to  refer  them  to  something  that  hap- 
pened in  Guantanamo.  And  Madam  Chairman,  you  were  a  witness 
of  what  happened  there. 

When  Bob  Torricelli  the  first  time  got  into  Guantanamo,  he  was 
carried  on  the  shoulders  of  the  Cuban  people  in  Guantanamo.  And 
that  showed  to  the  world  how  popular  the  U.S.  embargo  against, 
not  the  Cuban  people,  but  the  Castro  government  is. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Definitely.  And  on  your  return  trip,  which 
took  place  just  on  Friday,  we  talked  to  many  individuals  there,  not 
only  leaders,  but  the  other  rafters  there,  some  of  them  recently  ar- 
rived by  being  transported  back  from  Panama,  and  all  of  them  had 
told  us  that  they  believe  that  the  correct  United  States  policy  is  to 
have  a  tough  stance  against  Castro,  and  to  further  isolate  him. 

And  I  believe  that  some  of  the  future  leaders  of  a  free  Cuba  are 
in  those  camps  at  Guantanamo.  And  they  are  architects,  and  engi- 
neers, and  teachers,  and  doctors,  and  lawyers.  And  they  are  among 
the  best  and  the  brightest.  And  they  have  said  no  to  Fidel.  And  in 
fact,  they  are  the  new  men  of  the  revolution  that  Castro  said  that 
he  was  going  to  fashion.  And  all  of  them  are  saying  good-bye  to 
that  life  of  enslavement,  and  saying  yes  fervently  to  democracy. 

Thank  you  to  both  of  you  gentlemen  for  being  here  with  us. 

Mr.  Mas.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Menges.  Thank  you. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  And  I  would  now  like  to  invite  the  second 
panelists  to  join  us.  Dr.  Mark  Falcoff,  research  fellow  at  the  Amer- 
ican Enterprise  Institute.  Ms.  Gillian  Gunn,  director  of  the  Cuba 
project  from  Georgetown  University.  And  Ambassador  Otto  Reich, 
the  president  of  the  United  States-Cuba  Business  Council.  Wel- 
come to  you. 

Th£ink  you  so  much  for  being  here  today  to  provide  testimony. 
And  thank  you  for  your  patience,  as  we  wind  down  this  hearing. 
But  we  have  certainly  saved  the  best  for  last.  So  thank  you,  all 
three  of  you,  for  being  here.  I  am  just  going  to  do  it  the  diplomatic 
way,  and  the  same  way  that  it  was  listed  is  how  I  will  have  you 
speak,  starting  with  Dr.  Mark  Falcoff.  Thank  you,  Doctor. 


QA_*3/1C     rv     _     QK     _     O 


30 

STATEMENT  OF  MARK  FALCOFF,  RESIDENT  SCHOLAR, 
AMERICAN  ENTERPRISE  INSTITUTE 

Mr.  Falcoff.  Madam  Chairman  and  distinguished  members  of 
the  subcommittee,  I  am  honored  to  respond  to  your  invitation  to 
share  some  of  my  thoughts  with  you  this  afternoon  on  the  Castro 
regime  in  Cuba,  as  it  enters  its  36th  year. 

Let  me  begin  my  emphasizing  two  points.  First,  the  longevity  of 
the  Castro  regime  should  not  dazzle  us.  It  is  neither  unique  nor 
given  regional  standards  all  that  impressive.  Many  authoritarian 
regimes  in  Latin  America  have  endured  well  into  three  decades. 
Castro's  is  unique  only  in  that  it  possesses  an  ideology.  And  until 
recently,  it  enjoyed  a  powerful  international  patron. 

Also,  unlike  Generalissimo  Rafael  Trujillo  or  the  Somozas,  and 
this  has  been  pointed  out  already,  Castro  continues  to  exercise  a 
peculiar  fascination  over  intellectuals,  journalists,  and  academics. 

Stripped  of  its  ideological  and  cultural  trimmings,  however,  the 
Castro  regime  is  an  archetypical  version  of  a  traditional  Latin 
American  dictatorship.  It  is  and  remains  a  one  man  show.  In  spite 
of  all  of  the  talk  about  generational  renewal,  the  revolution  is  still 
not  institutionalized.  And  even  Fidel's  brother  Raul  is  widely  re- 
garded as  heir  apparent,  not  many  people  think  that  he  possesses 
the  qualities  necessary  in  Fidel's  absence  to  hold  together  an  in- 
creasingly dysfunctional  revolutionary  family. 

Second,  Castro  seems  peculiarly  uninterested  in  testing  his  legit- 
imacy at  the  ballot  box,  not  just  in  competitive  elections,  but  even 
in  convoking  a  plebiscite,  such  as  the  one  that  took  place  in  Chile 
7  years  ago.  One  cannot  help  wondering  why,  given  the  obvious  ad- 
vantages that  he  would  possess  control  of  the  media,  the  lack  of  an 
obvious  alternative,  and  command  of  the  only  organized  political 
force  on  the  ground. 

To  win  such  a  plebiscite  would  be  a  devastating  blow  to  the  Unit- 
ed States  and  to  the  enemies  domestic  and  foreign  of  what  he  likes 
to  call  the  Cuban  Revolution.  Why,  I  ask,  does  he  hold  back?  Per- 
haps he  knows  something  we  do  not. 

These  days,  Castro's  No.  1  priority  is  his  desire  and  in  a  certain 
sense  his  need  to  rule  his  country  until  his  death.  What  happens 
to  Cuba  after  he  is  gone  is  of  no  great  concern  to  him. 

How  does  he  propose  to  achieve  this  goal?  First,  by  getting  the 
United  States  to  lift  its  economic  embargo.  This  would  open  to 
Cuba  a  whole  new  universe  of  credits  with  American  private  banks 
replacing  those  lost  or  exhausted  with  credulous  Europeans  or  Jap- 
anese. 

It  would  also  make  him  eligible  for  soft  loans  to  finance  the  pur- 
chase of  U.S.  agricultural  products,  presumably  guaranteed  by  the 
U.S.  taxpayer.  It  would  allow  him  access  to  loans  from  the  multi- 
lateral banks  and  membership  in  the  International  Monetary 
Fund.  Such  "constructive  engagement"  has  prolonged  the  life  of 
more  than  one  Communist  regime.  The  Pole  and  Czech  regimes  in 
the  1980's,  and  China  and  Vietnam  today. 

While  Cuba  would  not  be  a  particularly  good  credit  risk,  it  would 
be  some  years  before  Castro  would  have  to  declare  default  during 
which  time  he  could  postpone  political  and  economic  reform  indefi- 
nitely. 


31 

Second,  once  the  embargo  is  lifted  and  United  States  businesses 
begin  to  operate  in  Cuba,  Castro  could  anticipate  the  emergence  of 
a  new  constituency  here  in  Washington,  to  line  up  behind  the  re- 
gime whenever  it  is  embarrassed  by  its  human  rights  violations, 
and  also  to  explain  away  its  lack  of  progress  toward  political  de- 
mocracy. 

In  this  connection,  let  me  explain  something  about  the  debt/eq- 
uity swaps  and  other  deals  which  Cubans  are  now  offering  Mexi- 
cans, Canadians,  Spaniards,  and  others.  In  my  view,  Castro's  major 
purpose  in  opening  industries  to  these  non-U.S.  investors  is  less 
economic  reactivation  than  to  convince  the  American  business  com- 
munity that  it  is  missing  out  on  the  fire  sale  of  the  century,  and 
to  pressure  our  Government  to  lift  the  embargo. 

As  long  as  the  embargo  is  in  place,  these  new  ventures,  at  least 
many  of  them,  have  very  limited  possibilities  of  making  a  profit. 

Third,  by  expanding  the  range  of  contact  with  foreign  businesses, 
Castro  hopes  to  buy  the  continued  loyalty  of  his  armed  forces  by 
cutting  them  in  on  new  joint  ventures.  Presumably,  this  would  in- 
sulate the  Cuban  military  from  the  island's  economic  decline  and 
neutralize  it  politically.  But  whether  this  is  possible  in  the  absence 
of  a  U.S.  component  remains  to  be  seen. 

One  may  well  ask  why  is  it  that  Castro  is  so  certain  that  lifting 
the  embargo  would  strengthen  his  hold  rather  than  undermine  it? 
After  all,  the  United  States  was  always  a  pole  of  attraction  for  ordi- 
nary Cubans,  and  presumably  would  remain  so.  Can  the  Castro  re- 
gime survive  thousands  of  American  tourists  and  the  impact  for  ex- 
ample of  renewed  United  States-Cuban  trade? 

The  answer,  I  submit,  is  that  Castro  intends  to  manage  the  new 
relationship  in  such  a  way  as  to  minimize  the  ripple  effect  of  in- 
creased contact.  It  is  worth  noting  that  even  today  that  ordinary 
Cubans  have  little  or  no  contact  with  foreign  tourists.  Many  tourist 
centers  are  isolated  along  the  island's  periphery,  and  the  access 
roads  are  forbidden  to  ordinary  Cubans,  even  on  bicycle. 

Let  us  also  understand  that  normalization  of  relations  with  the 
United  States  does  not  mean  a  return  to  the  pre- 1959  status  quo. 
Cuba  can  never  again  enjoy  privileged  access  to  United  States  mar- 
kets, at  least  under  the  current  political  arrangement. 

Above  all,  given  the  overriding  political  objectives  of  the  regime, 
the  wider  impact  of  economic  liberalization  will  be  extremely  lim- 
ited because  it  must  be.  To  assume  that  it  would  acquire  its  own 
momentum  overruling  and  engulfing  the  regime  is  to  descend  into 
a  kind  of  crude  economic  determinism  of  which  Castro  himself,  I 
am  sure,  would  never  be  guilty. 

To  summarize,  if  Castro  believes  that  he  can  survive  and  flourish 
in  a  postembargo  environment,  the  question  we  ought  to  be  asking 
ourselves  is,  Why  that  is,  and  what  policies  ought  to  follow  from 
that? 

Thank  you  for  your  attention.  I  look  forward  to  your  questions. 

[The  statement  of  Mr.  Falcoff  appears  in  the  appendix.] 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Ms.  Gunn. 


32 

STATEMENT  OF  GILLIAN  GUNN,  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  CUBA 
PROJECT,  GEORGETOWN  UNIVERSITY,  WASHINGTON,  DC 

Ms.  GUNN.  Thank  you  very  much  for  the  opportunity  to  testify 
today.  When  it  became  known  among  my  colleagues  that  I  was 
going  to  be  testifying  today,  I  was  given  some  humorous  advice, 
whicn  was  as  I  was  likely  to  be  the  lone  voice  with  my  point  of 
view,  that  it  might  be  wise  for  me  to  conveniently  get  sick  today. 

As  you  can  probably  tell  from  my  somewhat  flu  ridden  voice,  my 
body  must  have  been  listening.  In  fact,  I  wonder  if  the  State  De- 
partment representative  had  received  the  same  advice,  and  their 
body  was  listening  as  well. 

But  in  any  case,  after  having  been  taunted  with  that  challenge, 
I  decided  that  I  would  turn  up  even  if  in  a  wheelchair.  So  forgive 
me  if  I  gasp  a  little  as  I  try  to  breathe  through  my  cold. 

I  would  like  to  start  by  sajdng  that  everyone  on  this  and  the  pre- 
vious panel,  and  in  fact  I  am  sure  everyone  in  this  room 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  If  your  views  change,  your  cold  will  get  bet- 
ter. 

Ms.  GUNN.  I  am  sure  that  everyone  wants  the  same  thing  for 
Cuba,  which  is  a  peaceful  transition  to  a  democratic  government 
which  no  longer  abuses  human  rights.  I  certainly  agree  with  that 
wholeheartedly.  However,  the  shift  in  U.S.  policy  contemplated  by 
the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  would  be  very  counterproductive.  In 
fact,  to  use  a  metaphor  from  British  football  that  you  would  call 
soccer,  it  would  be  an  on  goal,  a  player  inadvertently  kicking  the 
ball  through  his  own  net  giving  a  free  point  to  the  other  side. 

Most  importantly,  given  the  statements  concerning  human 
rights,  very  eloquent  statements  that  were  being  made  at  the  be- 
ginning of  these  hearings,  with  which  I  fully  agree,  these  two  bills 
if  passed  would  make  it  far  harder  to  build  the  international  con- 
sensus to  exert  greater  pressure  on  Cuba  to  improve  its  human 
rights  record. 

Now  on  to  some  specifics.  I  fear  that  the  most  likely  outcome  of 
a  passage  of  these  bills  would  not  be  immediate  overthrow,  cer- 
tainly not  peaceful  overthrow  of  Castro,  but  that  Castro  would  sur- 
vive in  power  for  at  least  some  time  to  come,  however  with  the  liv- 
ing standard  of  the  Cuban  people  declining,  further  declining,  due 
to  the  economic  provisions  in  these  bills. 

Why  do  I  say  that  he  would  be  likely  to  survive  for  a  time  at 
least?  One  reason  is  that  the  repressive  apparatus  is  still  efficient, 
and  it  is  still  loyal.  The  ruling  group  remains  unified.  Therefore, 
the  lowering  of  the  standard  of  living  in  my  view  would  not  cause 
a  revolt.  The  fear  of  repression  is  just  too  great.  The  efficiency  of 
that  repressive  apparatus  is  too  great.  And  instead,  people  would 
try  to  deal  with  the  falling  standard  of  living  by  trying  to  flee  the 
island. 

We  know  what  happened  the  last  time  that  a  large  number  of 
Cubans  tried  to  flee  the  island  in  August.  We  ended  up  with  the 
crisis  in  Guantanamo.  I  fear  that  if  these  bills  are  passed,  that  we 
could  have  another  such  migration  crisis  and  the  Guantanamo 
problems  would  become  still  worse. 

A  few  words  about  the  ongoing  situation  in  Guantanamo.  There 
will  be  about  26,000  by  March  6  when  the  Panama  refugees  are  re- 
turned. This  is  costing  the  U.S.  taxpayer  between  $200  and  $300 


33 

million  a  year.  There  are  four  options  for  dealing  with  the  Guanta- 
namo  refugees.  Although  I  have  addressed  all  of  them,  I  will  only 
address  two  here. 

One  is  what  my  heart  definitely  agrees  with,  to  admit  them  to 
the  United  States.  Anyone  who  knows  of  the  difficult  conditions 
that  these  people  are  living  under,  and  the  courage  that  it  took  for 
them  to  leave  Cuba  in  the  manner  in  which  they  did,  has  to  S3rm- 
pathize  with  that  very  humanitarian  cause. 

However,  there  is  a  profound  danger  that  the  decision  to  admit 
the  refugees  to  the  United  States  would  solve  a  short  term  problem 
only  to  create  a  much  larger  long  term  problem.  The  admittance 
would  remagnetize  the  United  States  for  Cubans  looking  for  a  bet- 
ter life.  One  could  see  a  reenactment  of  the  situation  of  last  sum- 
mer. 

And  perhaps  even  more  seriously,  once  it  was  known  that  people 
from  Guantanamo  were  going  to  be  admitted,  you  could  see  Cubans 
trying  to  crash  the  gates  of  the  Guantanamo  Base  to  get  onto  to 
the  base,  so  as  to  be  able  to  participate  in  that  humanitarian  ad- 
mittance. 

What  about  the  option  of  leaving  people  in  Guantanamo  indefi- 
nitely? Well,  due  to  the  laudable  policy  of  taking  out  elderly,  ill, 
and  young  people,  the  population  of  Guantanamo  is  primarily 
young  unaccompanied  men.  As  we  have  seen  in  Panama,  this  par- 
ticular population  group,  and  probably  any  population  group  sub- 
jected to  these  kinds  of  conditions  of  indefinite  detection,  are  prone 
to  occasional  riots.  There  is  the  danger  to  both  the  detainees  them- 
selves and  to  U.S.  personnel. 

There  is  also  a  very  serious  human  rights  consideration  that  is 
being  brought  up  by  Amnesty  International  and  other  organiza- 
tions. By  what  right  does  the  U.S.  Government  hold  foreign  citizens 
on  an  offshore  naval  base?  What  about  the  entitlement  to  political 
asylum  that  every  citizen  of  the  world  is  at  least  entitled  to  have 
a  hearing  on? 

And  finally,  there  is  the  question  of  the  expense. 

I  will  now  move  on  to  some  other  problems  that  I  see  in  the  shift 
of  U.S.  policy  other  than  the  migration  ones,  which  I  think  I  have 
exhausted. 

One  problem  with  these  bills  is  the  damage  that  they  would 
cause  to  relations  with  U.S.  trading  partners.  As  you  know,  these 
measures  are  being  considered  extra-territorial  and  a  violation  of 
sovereignty  by  many  European  countries  and  Western  Hemisphere 
countries.  They  are  seen  as  a  violation  of  both  NAFTA  and  GATT. 
And  I  think  that  if  they  were  to  pass,  that  we  could  expect  coun- 
tries to  undertake  to  have  hearings  and  legal  recourse  through 
these  treaties. 

There  is  also  a  danger  that  these  bills  will  cause  such  anger  in 
Europe,  that  they  will  galvanize  Europe  into  unified  opposition  to 
United  States/Cuba  policy.  As  you  may  know,  there  has  been  some 
thought  in  the  European  Community  to  signing  a  cooperation 
agreement  with  Cuba.  Several  countries  in  Europe  have  been  reluc- 
tant to  support  this  idea  due  to  various  concerns,  including  out  of 
respect  for  the  United  States. 

The  rumors  in  Europe  currently  is  that  there  may  be  such  anger 
should  these  bills  be  passed,  that  these  remaining  foot  draggers 


34 

would  change  their  minds  and  unify  to  display  opposition  to  U.S. 
policy  by  supporting  such  a  cooperation  agreement. 

Then  there  is  the  question  of  the  sugar  provisions  and  the  trade 
component.  The  provision  that  says  that  the  United  States  will  not 
import  sugar  from  a  country  which  imports  sugar  from  Cuba  would 
affect  14  States.  These  include  important  trading  partners,  such  as 
Canada,  China,  France,  Grermany,  Japan,  and  the  United  Kingdom. 

It  is  possible  in  fact,  as  has  been  stated  by  some  diplomats,  that 
a  few  of  these  countries  if  not  more  of  them  would  retaliate  by  re- 
fusing to  buy  U.S.  sugar  should  their  sugar  purchases  be  canceled. 
As  of  1993,  these  14  countries  bought  $257  million  worth  of  U.S. 
sugar.  I  think  that  if  those  purchases  were  canceled,  the  U.S.  sugar 
industry  would  have  some  concern. 

However,  as  I  mentioned  in  my  opening  paragraph,  the  most  im- 
portant concern  I  have  about  these  bills  and  their  relations  with 
trading  partners  and  the  international  community  is  that  it  would 
be  much  harder  to  build  an  international  consensus  on  human 
rights.  The  irritation  at  the  United  States,  and  the  anger  at  the 
extraterritorial  provisions,  and  the  visa  denials  would  not  create  an 
atmosphere  conducive  to  building  a  concerted  coordinated  policy  on 
human  rights. 

Another  problem  of  these  bills  is  that  they  would  erode  the  abil- 
ity of  the  United  States  to  influence  Russia's  nuclear  policy.  If  the 
Lourdes  payments  of  $200  million  were  deducted  from  United 
States  aid,  that  would  cut  United  States  aid  to  Russia  by  over  one- 
half. 

The  United  States  needs  leverage  with  Russia  in  order  to  influ- 
ence its  nuclear  policy.  The  pending  deal  with  Iran,  I  think,  is  a 
particularly  important  thing  to  note  at  this  time.  It  seems  unwise 
to  curtail  influence  with  a  country  that  possesses  nuclear  weapons 
in  order  to  pressure  a  small  state  that  represents  no  military 
threat. 

Another  concern  is  the  isolation  of  the  United  States  at  the  Unit- 
ed Nations.  As  you  know,  the  bill  calls  for  the  Security  Council  to 
consider  multilateralizing  the  embargo.  In  the  last  vote  in  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly,  only  Israel  supported  the  embargo  along  with  the 
United  States. 

I  think  that  it  is  highly  unlikely  given  that  record  that  the  Secu- 
rity Council  would  agree  to  multilateralize  the  embargo;  in  other 
words,  adopt  it  as  an  international  policy.  And  the  United  States's 
isolation  would  be  highlighted. 

In  fact,  such  a  move  at  the  Security  Counsel  could  backfire,  and 
could  cause  Cuba  to  be  able  to  present  itself  as  the  poor  little 
picked  upon  nation,  and  it  could  use  this  as  a  public  relations 
weapon  with  which  to  gamer  still  more  support  for  its  resolutions 
against  the  embargo.  Which  as  you  know,  those  resolutions  have 
been  gaining  support  over  the  last  few  years. 

Again  in  the  United  Nations,  you  would  have  the  problem  of 
greater  difliculty  building  international  support  for  a  concerted 
human  rights  policy. 

A  final  comment  that  I  would  like  to  make  about  the  bill  is  that 
there  is  no  track  two.  As  much  as  I  disagreed  with  some  aspects 
of  the  Cuban  Democracy  Act,  it  did  establish  and  I  think  wisely  so. 


35 

the  basis  that  along  with  pressure  that  there  needed  to  be  contact 
with  the  Cuban  people  and  communication. 

I  think  that  it  would  be  wise  for  these  bills  to  build  on  that  prin- 
ciple, particularly  in  the  area  of  humanitarian  assistance  via 
NGO's.  Some  European  NGO's  have  joined  together  in  a  coalition, 
and  are  contemplating  a  strategy  by  which  they  would  distribute 
a  small  amount  of  money  to  a  large  number  of  Cuban  NGO's,  in- 
cluding some  whose  independence  they  are  not  confident  of. 

They  would  then  go  back  a  year  later  and  check  whether  these 
funds  had  been  used  to  make  the  NGO's  more  or  less  independent. 
Those  who  had  used  the  funds  to  become  more  independent  of  the 
state  would  be  given  more  funds.  And  those  who  had  not  used  the 
funds  in  such  a  manner  would  not  receive  more  funds. 

When  I  was  in  Cuba  last  summer,  I  discussed  this  strategy  with 
the  Catholic  Bishop  of  Santiago  and  with  the  renowned  Cuban  dis- 
sident, Gustavo  Arcos.  They  both  endorsed  the  approach. 

I  will  just  briefly  quote  the  bishop.  He  said,  and  I  asked  him  if 
this  could  be  on  the  record  and  he  agreed,  I  did  do  the  translation 
however, 

It  is  important  that  a  space  be  created  in  Cuba,  a  no  man's  land,  where  one  can 
do  things  without  having  to  declare  oneself  for  or  against  the  state.  The  more  the 
no  man's  land  grows,  the  better.  This  strategy  would  expand  that  space. 

I  have  written  extensively  on  this  matter  in  a  briefing  paper  that 
we  have  produced.  It  is  with  the  testimony,  and  I  hope  that  it  will 
go  into  the  record. 

In  sum,  if  you  are  going  to  tighten  the  embargo,  this  is  not  the 
way  to  do  it.  It  damages  U.S.  relations  with  important  allies  and 
trading  partners.  It  creates  an  ideal  opportunity  for  Castro  to  use 
his  public  relations  image  of  the  picked-upon  little  island  to  build 
greater  support  for  his  antiembargo  campaign. 

By  damaging  the  relations  with  allies,  it  damages  the  ability  of 
the  United  States  to  build  an  international  consensus  on  human 
rights  in  Cuba.  And  in  sort,  with  this  bill,  the  United  States  is 
about  to  overplay  its  hand. 

[The  statement  of  Ms.  Gunn  appears  in  the  appendix.] 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Reich. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  OTTO  J.  REICH,  UNITED  STATES-CUBA 
BUSINESS  COUNCIL 

Ambassador  Reich.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  appreciate  the 
opportunity  to  be  here  today,  while  you  are  acting  chairman.  I 
want  to  summarize  my  statement,  which  I  have  submitted  for  the 
record. 

There  has  been  a  lot  of  talk  here  about  the  fact  that  Cuba  is 
open  for  business.  The  Canadian,  Mexican,  and  European  firms  are 
rushing  in.  Fidel  Castro  says  that  foreign  firms  are  gobbling  up  so 
many  sweetheart  deals  that  soon  there  will  not  be  a  grain  of  sand 
left  for  U.S.  companies. 

How  is  it  possible  that  this  is  happening  in  a  country  with  an 
income  of  $5  a  month,  and  where  private  property  is  outlawed?  The 
answer,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  Congressman  Torricelli,  and  Congress- 
man Menendez,  is  that  these  stories  actually  respond  to  Castro's 
strategy  rather  than  anything  having  to  do  with  reality. 


36 

The  fact  is  that  Cuba's  economy  has  been  cannibalized  for  36 
years  as  a  result  of  Marxist  economics  and  Leninist  political  con- 
trol. The  Castro  government's  true  strategy  is  not  just  lifting  the 
embargo.  Castro  is  desperate  for  U.S.  financial  credits,  loan  guar- 
antees, and  multilateral  aid.  The  lifting  of  the  embargo  is  just  a 
means  to  an  end. 

To  achieve  the  objective,  he  is  trjdng  to  get  U.S.  companies  to  be- 
lieve that  they  are  losing  business  to  foreign  corporations.  He  hopes 
that.,those  companies  in  turn  will  put  pressure  on  you,  on  you  plu- 
-ral,  on  the  U.S.  Congress  to  lift  the  embargo  without  conditions. 

U.S.  companies,  however,  know,  because  they  are  well  informed, 
that  such  commercial  anxiety  attacks  are  baseless.  In  fact,  the  lift- 
ing of  the  embargo  without  a  corresponding  shift  to  political  and 
economic  reform  in  Cuba  will  actually  punish  American  citizens 
and  companies  who  have  supported  United  States  policy  and  would 
benefit  those  few  foreign  firms  that  have  bet  that  a  dictatorship 
will  stay  in  power  in  Cuba  in  order  to  protect  them  from  the  trans- 
parency of  a  free  market. 

Ironically,  in  the  past  5  years,  Castro  has  increased  his  political 
repression.  As  I  illustrate  in  my  testimony,  Mr.  Chairman,  Castro 
is  wrong  in  his  strategy.  His  view  is  that  all  businessmen,  and 
Americans  in  particular,  are  selfish,  capitalist  exploiters  interested 
only  in  profits  and  oblivious  to  the  plight  of  ordinary  citizens. 

With  few  exceptions,  my  experience  tells  me  differently.  When  a 
stable  democratic  and  market  oriented  Cuba  opens  the  door  to  gen- 
uine economic  development  and  commercial  opportunity,  I  have  no 
doubt  that  United  States  companies  will  be  second  to  none  in  gain- 
ing access  to  this  market  of  11  million  people  only  90  miles  from 
our  shores. 

However,  until  that  happens,  any  firm  participating  in  Castro's 
fire  sale  of  assets  is  building  on  economic  and  political  quicksand. 
The  commercial  environment  in  Cuba  is  a  chamber  of  horrors.  The 
Communist  Party  controls  100  percent  of  membership  of  all  three 
branches  of  government.  There  is  no  independent  judiciary;  not  one 
newspaper,  magazine,  radio,  or  TV  station  that  is  not  controlled  by 
the  party;  no  civil  organizations,  no  independent  trade  unions,  no 
business  groups  that  are  not  run  by  the  party. 

Even  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  Cuba  and  the  Red  Cross  are 
run  by  party  officials  and  military  officers.  Military  elites  have 
taken  over  Cuba's  tourism,  construction,  hotel  management,  agri- 
culture, and  other  industries. 

Cuba's  so-called  self-employed  workers  are  banned  from  forming 
private  businesses,  and  face  stiff  prison  sentences  if  they  are 
deemed  to  have  become  unduly  wealthy  by  the  Cuban  Government, 
which  is  what  we  call  successful  in  the  real  world. 

In  addition  to  the  economic  risk,  foreign  investors  have  to  under- 
stand that  if  you  are  doing  business  in  Cuba  today,  you  are  un- 
fairly benefiting  from  someone  else's  confiscated  property.  I  believe 
that  is  called  trafficking  in  stolen  goods.  It  is  not  surprising  there- 
fore that  several  foreign  investments  frequently  touted  as  success 
stories  by  Cuba  and  its  proponents  have  failed  to  materialize.  And 
I  have  some  examples  of  that  if  you  wish  during  the  question  and 
answer  period. 


37 

Given  the  Cuban  Government's  track  record  in  commercial  deal- 
ings, it  should  surprise  no  one  that  EuroMoney  magazine's  1994 
country  risk  report  ranks  Cuba  behind  Somalia  as  the  worst  invest- 
ment risk  in  the  world.  Institutional  Investor  ranks  Cuba  126th 
among  all  nations  in  financial  risk,  behind  Ethiopia  and  Iraq.  The 
Index  of  Economic  Freedom  recently  published  by  the  Heritage 
Foundation  ranks  Cuba  as  the  second  most  repressed  economy  in 
the  world  exceeded  only  by  North  Korea. 

Cuba  does  not  have  the  cash  to  buy  foreign  goods.  The  inter- 
national lending  window  has  been  closed  to  Cuba,  because  of  its  de- 
fault in  some  $8  billion  in  loans  to  international  creditors  not 
counting  the  Soviet  Union. 

The  few  highly  publicized  big  money  deals  in  Cuba  are  struc- 
tured to  avoid  rather  than  to  encourage  investment.  I  will  give  you 
some  examples  of  that  if  you  wish.  Some  of  the  Mexican  ventures 
which  have  been  announced  have  yet  to  be  implemented  including 
the  Grupo  Domos  deal  that  has  been  discussed  here  today.  And  I 
doubt  frankly  if  the  Mexicans  are  going  to  find  the  deep  pockets 
necessary  to  implement  that  with  the  current  problems. 

Mexpetrol,  by  the  way,  and  the  construction  firm  ICA  of  Mexico 
have  both  shelved  their  plan  to  upgrade  the  Cienfuegos  oil  refinery. 
And  a  number  of  smaller  firms  have  recently  suspended  their  oper- 
ations in  Cuba. 

But  frankly,  Mr.  Chairman,  the  most  compelling  case  against 
commercial  involvement  in  Cuba  is  not  economic  but  moral.  The 
Cuban  Government  has  a  well  documented  record  of  human  rights 
abuses  which  directly  impact  trade  and  investment  activity. 

We  were  talking  earlier  about  the  U.N.  Human  Rights  Commis- 
sion, which  is  meeting  this  week  in  Geneva.  I  had  the  privilege  of 
being  the  Deputy  United  States  Ambassador  in  1991  and  1992  as 
a  private  citizen  to  the  United  Nations.  The  Human  Rights  Com- 
mission has  sanctioned  the  Castro  government  with  the  highest 
level  of  condemnation  at  its  disposal. 

Political  crimes  in  Cuba  include  executions,  torture,  lengthy  im- 
prisonment for  intellectual  dissent,  and  a  range  of  Orwellian 
crimes  against  the  state. 

The  international  labor  organizations  has  condemned  Cuba  for 
the  use  of  forced  labor,  and  for  the  denial  of  freedom  of  association 
and  the  right  to  organize.  Cuban  workers  have  no  voice  in  their 
working  conditions.  They  are  allocated  by  the  Government  as  any 
other  piece  of  equipment.  They  are  jailed  up  to  8  years  just  for  try- 
ing to  organize  a  labor  union. 

We  also  talked  earlier  about  how  the  Cuban  Government — I  be- 
lieve you,  Mr.  Torricelli,  asked  about  how  they  pay  the  workers. 
The  Cuban  Government  charges  a  foreign  company  in  hard  cur- 
rency. Let  us  say  they — the  foreign  company — pays  $400  to  the 
Cuban  Government  for  the  use  of  a  hotel  worker.  The  Cuban  Grov- 
ernment  turns  around  and  pays  that  worker  in  local  currency.  We 
know  that  the  black  market  rate  fluctuates  anywhere  from  50  to 
80  to  100  pesos  to  the  dollar. 

The  Cuban  worker  gets  400  pesos  or  about  $5  a  month,  while  the 
Cuban  Government  pockets  the  remainder.  By  the  way,  60  percent 
of  that  goes  to  the  Communist  Party.  And  the  rest  goes  to  the  mili- 
tary and  the  civilian  side  of  the  Government. 


38 

You  can  understand  the  atmosphere  of  resentment  and  economic 
instabihty  in  Cuba  today.  And  the  companies  that  are  doing  busi- 
ness, I  think,  should  understand  that  that  jeopardizes  their  long 
term  access  to  a  democratic  market  oriented  Cuba. 

I  have  a  personal  example  of  how  some  of  these  foreign  compa- 
nies can  ignore  these  conditions  that  I  have  listed.  I  had  an  unfor- 
tunate encounter  with  the  head  of  one  of  those  companies,  a  Cana- 
dian company,  Sherrit.  I  asked  the  chairman  of  the  company  how 
he  could  ignore  these  conditions.  And  he  simply  said  that  as  long 
as  he  is  making  money,  "morality  has  no  place"  in  his  investment 
decisions.  And  that  is  a  direct  quotation.  His  name  is  Ian  Delaney. 
You  can  reach  him  somewhere  in  Canada. 

Anyway  there  are  practical  implications  of  all  of  this.  During  the 
August  5,  1994  uprising  in  HavEuia,  protestors  vented  their  frustra- 
tion at  dollar  stores  and  foreign  operated  hotels,  which  are  off-lim- 
its to  Cuban  citizens.  Cuban  exile  groups  of  every  political  stripe 
have  warned  that  joint  ventures  with  the  current  regime  are  likely 
to  be  recognized  as  illegitimate  by  Castro's  successors.  How  can  a 
multinational  firm,  particularly  a  labor  intensive  industry,  ignore 
such  unpleasant  realities  without  courting  disaster? 

Finally,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  do  not  believe  that  American  companies 
would  want  to  do  business  in  Cuba  under  current  circumstances. 
Responsible  companies  realize  that  the  best  hope  for  their  partici- 
pation in  the  economic  recovery  of  Cuba  lies  in  the  restoration  of 
democracy,  respect  for  human  rights,  private  property,  and  individ- 
ual initiative,  which  the  Cuban  Government  denies  to  its  citizens 
today. 

It  is  my  firm  belief  that  the  few  foreign  companies  that  are  doing 
business  in  Cuba  today  are  making  a  bad  business  and  moral  deci- 
sion. 

Thank  you  very  much.  I  would  be  happy  to  take  your  questions. 

[The  statement  of  Mr.  Reich  appears  in  the  appendix.] 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you.  I  want  to  apologize  for  my  absence.  I 
had  an  amendment  on  the  floor. 

Before  I  yield  to  Mr.  Torricelli,  I  would  like  to  ask  one  question 
of  the  three  of  you.  Lee  laccoca  told  the  Miami  Herald  that,  "Castro 
recognizes  the  failure  of  Marxism  and  is  committed  to  reform." 

Do  you  see  any  evidence  that  that  is  the  case? 

Ambassador  Reich.  Well,  I  just  read  his  adoring  interview  in 
Time  magazine,  and  he  does  not  do  any  such  thing.  He  is  quite  em- 
phatic about  his  ideological  convictions  and  his  economic  theories. 

Mr.  Burton.  That  is  what  we  thought. 

Are  there  any  other  comments? 

Ambassador  Reich.  Well,  all  I  know  is  that  he  has  said  that  he 
would  be  the  last  Marxist-Leninist  left  on  earth,  and  I  think  that 
he  is  very  close  to  that  already. 

Mr.  Burton.  Let  us  hope  that  before  too  long  that  there  are  not 
any  left. 

Ms.  GuNN.  Excuse  me.  I  have  a  comment  as  well. 

Mr.  Burton.  I  beg  your  pardon. 

Ms.  GuNN.  Excuse  me.  I  have  a  comment  as  well. 

Mr.  Burton.  Sure. 

Ms.  Gunn.  You  asked  if  Fidel  Castro  was  committed  to  reform. 
He  is  not  committed  to  political  reform  in  any  way  whatsoever. 


39 

However,  against  his  will,  he  has  been  forced  to  carry  out  economic 
reform.  I  believe  that  the  economic  reform  he  has  carried  out  to 
date,  particularly  the  legalization  of  the  holding  of  United  States 
dollars,  and  more  recently  the  establishment  of  the  agricultural 
markets  are  significant  reforms  which  he  did  not  want  to  under- 
take, but  which  have  loosened  the  hold  of  the  central  state  of  Cuba 
over  the  daily  lives  of  the  Cuban  people  in  a  very  significant  way. 

It  does  not  necessarily  mean  a  shift  to  capitalism  nor  the  begin- 
ning of  the  end.  But  it  is  a  very  interesting  chink  in  the  armor. 
There  is  now  pressure  within  the  Cuban  Communist  Party  for  ad- 
ditional economic  reforms,  again  not  because  they  want  to,  but  be- 
cause they  think  that  it  is  necessary  for  economic  survival. 

One  of  the  things  under  consideration  is  exactly  what  is  being 
discussed  here  today,  the  possibility  of  permitting  Cuban  individ- 
uals to  set  up  small  businesses,  which  I  personally  think  would  be 
extremely  wise. 

My  feeling  is  that  Castro  will  do  enough  economic  reform  to  be 
able  to  stay  just  ahead  of  the  reaper,  just  ahead  of  the  point  where 
economic  conditions  become  so  bad  that  the  country  collapses.  How- 
ever, I  do  not  feel  that  we  are  going  to  see  significant  political  re- 
form at  any  time  in  the  near  future. 

Mr.  Burton.  That  is  precisely  why  it  is  important  that  we  help 
eliminate  that  regime  from  this  hemisphere.  We  just  got  back  from 
Guantanamo,  and  I  can  tell  you  that  he  is  literally  forcing  some 
people  who  are  professionals,  who  want  freedom,  and  democracy, 
and  human  rights,  into  unseaworthy  boats  and  out  of  the  country 
so  that  he  can  maintain  his  hold  on  power.  We  want  to  change 
that. 

Ms.  GUNN.  That  may  well  be  the  case.  I  just  commented  on  eco- 
nomic reform. 

Mr.  Burton.  I  understand. 

I  would  be  happy  to  yield  to  my  colleague,  Mr.  Torricelli. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  very  much. 

Ms.  Gunn,  you  used  the  word  reform  and  change  as  if  they  were 
interchangeable.  The  use  of  dollars  is  certainly  change.  I  do  not 
know  how  that  constitutes  a  reform.  It  appears  to  me  that  a  coun- 
try accepting  a  foreign  currency  is  a  loss  of  sovereignty,  and  a  lack 
of  confidence  in  its  own  currency.  It  establishes  economic  tiers 
within  the  country,  those  with  access  to  foreign  corporations  and 
tourists,  and  those  who  do  not.  It  is  certainly  change.  I  do  not  see 
how  a  positive  word  like  reform  would  come  to  be  used  in  the  same 
context. 

Ms.  Gunn.  If  you  would  like  to  call  it  change  rather  than  reform, 
that  is  fine  with  me. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  Well,  I  was  not  trying  to  be  argumentative.  But 
rather,  I  take  it  that  you  are  not  citing  something  positive  about 
using  dollars  either,  are  you?  I  do  not  see  where  there  is  anything 
positive  about  it. 

Ms.  Gunn.  I  am  not  trying  to  present  it  as  either  positive  or  neg- 
ative. I  am  simply  saying  that  there  have  been  changes,  if  you 
would  prefer  to  call  it  that,  very  different  from  the  system  that  ex- 
isted in  the  late  1980's.  The  Cuba  of  1995  is  extremely  different 
from  the  Cuba  of  1989. 

Mr.  Torricelli.  That  I  recognize. 


40 

Ms.  GUNN.  And  the  economic  changes  of  the  legalization  of  dol- 
lars and  the  introduction  of  the  free  farmers  markets,  the  agricul- 
tural markets,  are  the  two  most  important  changes  that  have  loos- 
ened the  control  of  the  central  state.  That  does  not  necessarily 
mean  good  things  are  going  to  arise  out  of  this,  but  they  are  impor- 
tant changes. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Let  me  ask.  There  is  much  being  said  now  about 
this  foreign  investment. 

Could  anybody  quantify  in  1994  how  much  hard  currency  and 
foreign  investment  you  think  actually  went  into  Cuba  even  in  a 
broad  range,  hard  currency? 

Ambassador  Reich.  In  preparing  for  the  testimony,  Mr.  Chair- 
man, we  were  trying  to  find  that  figure,  and  it  is  difficult  to  pin 
down.  Believe  it  or  not,  we  have  seen  as  little  as  $5  million,  that 
is  a  U.N.  figure,  and  as  high  as  $50  million. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  But  that  is  the  only  range  you  have  seen? 

Ambassador  Reich.  Pardon. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  That  is  the  only  range  you  have  seen,  $5  million 
to  $50  million? 

Ambassador  Reich.  This  is  1992,  by  the  way,  1994  is  much  too 
recent.  You  know  the  Grovemment  of  Cuba  does  not  release  any 
economic  information  to  speak  of,  Eind  certainly  nothing  like  this. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  But  even  anecdotally  from  looking  at  different 
deals,  you  could  not  venture  another  number? 

Ambassador  Reich.  You  hear,  for  example,  about  the  Grupo 
Domos  figure  that  was  mentioned  here  earlier — $1.5  billion  for  49 
percent  of  the  Cuban  telephone  company.  This  is  a  large  enough 
figure  that  has  attracted  quite  a  few  sleuths.  And  they  have  looked 
at  this,  and  found  that  the  real  figure  that  the  Domos  group  would 
possibly  invest,  which  they  have  not,  if  they  had  access  to  the  in- 
puts that  are  also  not  present  yet,  would  be  somewhere  between 
$40  and  $80  million,  not  $1.5  billion  or  anything. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  But  it  has  not  in  fact  happened. 

Ambassador  Reich.  But  they  have  not  done  it.  The  actual  fig- 
ures. For  example,  the  Center  for  Strategic  and  International  Stud- 
ies, Ambassador  Ernie  Preeg  did  a  study  in  1992,  I  think  he  com- 
pleted it  in  1993,  where  he  came  up  with  a  figure  of  $50  million 
of  foreign  investment.  However,  the  Cuban  Cxovemment  would  not 
let  him  go  into  Cuba  to  actually  verify  this.  He  did  it  using  outside 
sources. 

Most  of  the  contracts,  as  I  mentioned  in  my  testimony,  most  of 
the  so-called  investment  is  in  the  form  of  service  or  management 
contracts  where  the  Cuban  Grovemment  turns  over  property. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Let  me  ask  then,  the  next  point  on  this  being 
how  much  foreign  exchange  do  you  think  that  Castro  is  holding  or 
dealing  with  at  any  course  in  the  year? 

Ambassador  Reich.  I  do  not  want  to  dominate. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Either  in  dollar  amounts  or  in  days  of  holding? 

Ambassador  Reich.  Let  me  just  give  you  one  figure.  As  Ms. 
Gunn  mentioned,  the  difference  between  1989  and  1995.  In  1989, 
Cuba's  import  bill  was  $8.2  billion.  And  this  is  an  indirect  way  of 
getting  at  your  figure  on  foreign  exchange.  So  Cuba  imported  $8.2 
billion.  People  are  now  sajdng  that  those  were  the  golden  years. 


41 

Cuba  had  declined  consistently  over  the  previous  29  years  of  Com- 
munist rule,  just  like  all  of  the  other  Communist  countries  had. 

But  since  1989,  they  have  declined  from  $8.2  billion  to  $1.7  bil- 
lion in  imports,  an  80  percent  drop.  If  Castro  had  more  foreign  ex- 
change than  that,  he  would  certainly  use  it  to  buy  oil  or  other  im- 
ports. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Finally,  Mr.  Chairman,  if  I  could. 

Could  somebody  estimate  what  they  think  the  sugar  crop  is  like- 
ly to  be  this  year,  what  people  are  forecasting? 

Ms.  GUNN.  I  think  that  everyone  is  in  agreement  that  it  is  going 
to  be  under  4  million  tons.  And  that  is  catastrophic. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Are  they  therefore  in  default  under  their  barter 
and  sales  agreements  for  last  year  on  sugar? 

Ms.  GUNN.  They  are  not  yet,  because  they  have  been  able  to  do 
some  arrangements  by  which  things  are  rolled  over.  But  there  is 
a  danger  that  they  could  be. 

Mr.  TORRICELLI.  Thank  you. 

And  thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Burton.  One  of  the  things  that  was  in  that  Time  article  that 
was  pointed  out  by  Ms.  Ileana  Ros-Lehtinen  was  that  executives 
from  such  companies  as  Hyatt,  Marriott,  Merck,  and  Eli  Lilly  have 
been  seen  around  Havana,  and  that  there  was  a  possibility  that 
they  might  be  investing  or  contemplating  investing. 

Do  you  have  any  evidence  that  American  companies  are  about  to 
invest  or  have  invested  recently  in  Cuba? 

Ms.  GuNN.  The  fact  that  one  is  seen  in  Havana  does  not  mean 
that  one  is  either  about  to  invest  nor  that  one  has  violated  the  em- 
bargo. As  you  are  aware,  since  the  beginning  of  the  embargo.  Unit- 
ed States  corporate  executives  have  been  allowed  to  go  to  Cuba  on 
a  fully  hosted  basis.  The  embargo  applies  to  the  spending  of  United 
States  funds  in  Cuba.  It  does  not  apply  to  the  physical  location  of 
one's  body. 

My  understanding  is  that  the  executives  of  at  least  some  of  these 
companies,  I  am  not  familiar  with  the  cases  of  all,  but  some  of 
them  have  been  in  Cuba  on  a  fully  hosted  basis.  Therefore,  while 
the  members  of  the  committee  might  disagree  with  the  moral  im- 
plications of  that  visit,  the  legal  implications  are  not  problematic. 
If  it  is  fully  hosted,  it  is  legal  under  the  embargo. 

Mr.  Burton.  I  was  not  asking  whether  or  not  it  was  legal  or  ille- 
gal. I  was  merely  asking  whether  or  not  there  is  any  indication 
that  these  American  companies  that  are  mentioned  or  others  have 
contemplated  investing  or  have  invested  in  Cuba? 

Ambassador  Reich.  Mr.  Chairman,  as  you  see  from  the  introduc- 
tion and  from  the  list  of  witnesses,  I  am  president  of  a  nonprofit 
association  of  U.S.  companies.  This  is  not  my  full-time  job,  but 
something  that  I  have  taken  on  on  a  part-time  basis.  An  associa- 
tion of  United  States  companies,  major  companies,  I  will  be  happy 
to  give  you  a  list  of  the  companies,  that  are  very  interested  in 
doing  business  with  a  free  and  democratic  Cuba,  once  that  is  not 
only  allowed  by  United  States  policy  but  also  when  all  of  the  condi- 
tions exist. 

Some  of  the  companies,  they  are  mostly  Fortune  500  companies. 
The  American  International  Group,  Ameritech,  Annheuser-Busch, 
Bacardi,  Barnett  Banks,  Bristol-Myers,  Chiquita  Brands,  Chrysler, 


42 

General  Motors,  Ford,  Coca-Cola,  et  cetera,  et  cetera,  Colgate- 
Palmolive.  These  are  large  companies. 

I  can  tell  you  that  they  are  companies  that  are  familiar  with  the 
potential  of  the  Cuban  market.  But  they  have  signed  on  to  a  mis- 
sion statement  that  very  clearly  says  that  they  support  current 
U.S.  policy  designed  to  bring  out  a  democratic  change  with  guaran- 
tees for  freedom  and  human  rights  under  the  law. 

I  would  imagine  that  most  companies,  almost  all  companies,  in 
the  United  States,  would  abide  by  those  principles.  It  could  be  that 
some  people  may  not  be  aware  of  the  law,  or  are  sending  people 
to  Cuba  to  look  around,  since  they  are  aware  of  all  of  the  things 
that  we  have  discussed  here  today,  and  the  fact  that  the  Cuban 
Grovemment  simply  cannot  remain  the  way  that  it  is  for  much 
longer.  And  they  expect  that  at  some  point  it  is  going  to  be  open 
for  business.  It  is  not  now. 

Mr.  BuRTON.Was  Hyatt-Marriott,  Merck,  or  Eli  Lilly  on  your  list? 

Ambassador  Reich.  No,  sir. 

Mr.  Burton.  Not  on  that. 

Ambassador  REICH.  No. 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Falcoff.  I  think  that  this  is  all  speculative.  But  it  occurs 
to  me  that  what  could  be  going  on  is  that  the  Cuban  Grovemment 
expectations  of  these  visits,  and  indeed  the  way  that  it  is  being 
treated  in  the  American  media,  and  the  actual  motivations  of  the 
businessmen  could  be  quite  different.  The  businessmen  or  business- 
women might  be  going  there  thinking,  **Well,  the  regime  is  not 
going  to  last  very  long,  it  is  on  its  way  out,  let  us  go  take  a  look. 
Once  it  is  all  over  with,  the  embargo  will  be  lifted,  and  this  will 
be  interesting." 

While  the  Cuban  Government  officials  who  are  hosting  them  are 
I  suppose  hoping  that  they  can  convince  them  the  other  way.  I  read 
the  Cuban  media  quite  carefully.  And  lately,  for  example,  I  just 
read  that  our  former  chief  of  the  section  in  Havana,  Wayne  Smith, 
was  in  Cuba  again  explaining  to  the  Cubans  that  he  did  not  think 
that  it  would  be  very  long  before  the  embargo  would  be  lifted  re- 
gardless of  President  Clinton  and  regardless  of  the  Congress.  That 
like  the  first  year,  there  would  be  $7  billion  worth  of  business  for 
the  United  States. 

I  am  sure  that  this  repeats  what  he  has  been  told  by  Cuban  Grov- 
emment officials,  and  presumably  they  tell  this  to  the  business- 
men. It  seems  to  me  that  this  is  what  is  going  on. 

Mr.  Burton.  Let  me  just  tell  you  that  this  Congress  ain't  going 
to  let  that  happen. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen. 

Ms.  Ros-Lehtinen.  Mr.  Chairman,  in  the  interest  of  time  since 
we  have  a  vote,  I  just  wanted  to  point  out,  especially  since  this  is 
being  broadcast  on  Radio  and  TV  Marti,  what  a  sweet  interruption 
it  is  to  have  votes,  and  it  is  part  of  our  democratic  process.  And 
it  is  very  interesting  that  the  people  of  Cuba  who  are  listening 
right  now  understand  that  democracy  works,  that  the  bipartisan 
spirit  is  alive  and  well  certainly  on  this  subcommittee  as  it  relates 
to  United  States-Cuba  policy. 

And  I  just  wanted  to  have  a  word  of  encouragement  to  Ambas- 
sador Reich.  I  know  how  tough  it  is  in  this  time  when  we  hear  all 


43 

of  these  reports  from  the  liberal  press;  and  we  are  trying  to  entice 
U.S.  business  to  fight  this  embargo  and  telling  them  that  they  are 
missing  out  on  a  lucrative  market,  a  market  which  does  not  exist, 
how  tough  it  must  be  to  fight  against  that  liberal  tide  which  so 
strongly  seeks  to  lift  the  embargo. 

And  I  want  him  to  know  that  there  are  many  of  us,  not  only  this 
subcommittee,  but  in  the  U.S.  Congress  who  truly  understand  the 
value  of  the  embargo,  and  will  work  with  him  in  making  sure  that 
our  United  States  companies  understand  that  it  is  not  only  the 
morally  correct  thing  to  do,  but  economically  sound  for  them  to 
wait  until  there  is  a  free  and  democratic  Cuba. 

Ambassador  Reich.  Thank  you.  If  I  may  add  something  to  that. 
I  was  contacted  by  Time.  I  have  talked  to  Time  magazine  cor- 
respondents— not  for  this  particular  article,  but  one  of  the  cor- 
respondents who  did  the  story — and  USA  Today,  which  are  two  of 
the  publications  that  have  recently  had  articles  along  the  lines  that 
we  have  been  talking  about  here,  about  why  are  American  compa- 
nies losing  out  on  this. 

Neither  publication  mentioned  the  fact  that  they  had  talked  to 
us,  or  mentioned  the  fact  that  there  is  an  association  of  companies 
that  are  interested  in  doing  business  with  a  free,  democratic,  and 
free  market  Cuba.  I  just  wondered  what  ever  happened  to  journal- 
istic objectivity. 

Mr.  Burton.  That  is  the  liberal  bias. 

Mr.  Menendez,  who  is  a  valuable  member  of  this  committee  and 
who  has  worked  very  hard,  and  who  just  got  back  from  Guanta- 
namo  with  us. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  want  to  commend  all  of  the  panel,  who  put  a  lot  of  time  into 
their  testimony.  And  I  often  read,  although  I  do  not  often  agree, 
but  I  often  read  of  the  different  reports  that  you  have  all  issued, 
and  articles  and  whatnot. 

I  would  like  to  ask  Ms.  Gunn.  You  know,  you  made  some  very 
interesting  statements,  statements  that  I  have  made.  That  Fidel 
Castro  has  done  this  "against  his  will"  was  your  quote.  Not  because 
they  want  to,  but  because  of  economic  survival. 

Does  that  not  argue  in  favor  then  that  creating  necessity  is  what 
creates  change  in  Cuba? 

Ms.  Gunn.  Your  argument  is  partially  correct.  Absolutely.  If 
there  were  not  the  collapse  of  the  Soviet  Union,  if  the  subsidies  had 
not  been  removed,  then  Fidel  Castro  would  not  have  adopted  any 
of  these  changes.  So  you  are  absolutely  correct.  Economic  pressure 
is  an  essential  ingredient  to  bring  out  economic  change,  which  I  be- 
lieve is  an  essential  prerequisite  to  move  hand  in  hand  with  even- 
tual political  change. 

However,  in  the  Cuban  case,  there  would  be  massive  economic 
pressure  on  Fidel  Castro  to  change,  whether  the  embargo  were  in 
effect  or  not.  The  Cuban  economy  has  ground  down  to  such  a  level, 
that  even  if  the  embargo  were  lifted  tomorrow,  Castro  would  have 
to  continue  with  major  economic  reforms  in  order  to  attract  suffi- 
cient investment  to  pull  the  country  back  together. 

Furthermore,  I  and  many  like  me  do  not  call  for  a  unilateral  lift- 
ing of  the  embargo.  What  we  called  for  is  a  policy,  call  it  construc- 
tive engagement,  I  call  it  communication,  which  is  to  continue  with 


44 

a  policy  of  vigorous  pressure  on  human  rights,  maintaining  most  of 
the  embargo,  while  one  held  out  the  promise  of  relaxation  of  cer- 
tain aspects  of  the  embargo  in  return  for  certain  changes  in  behav- 
ior on  the  part  of  the  Cuban  Government. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Let  me  ask  you,  on  what  basis  do  you  conclude 
that  unless  the  United  States  pursues  what  I  would  describe  as  a 
conciliatory  policy  toward  the  Castro  dictatorship  that  a  bloody  con- 
flict would  ensue  if  only  Fidel  Castro  has  the  arms  and  hands,  who 
would  make  it  bloody? 

Ms.  GUNN.  The  prospect  of  civil  conflict  in  Cuba  is  very  serious. 
Yes,  the  Cuban  Army  does  have  arms  under  its  control.  However, 
we  saw  by  the  riots  that  occurred  in  Cuba  last  year  that  violence 
and  bloodshed  can  occur  quickly  and  easily  under  this  atmosphere 
of  high  tension. 

I  can  imagine  that  if  there  were  riots  of  the  level  of  last  August 
repeated  elsewhere  on  a  larger  basis  and  not  able  to  be  brought 
under  swift  control,  that  by  one  way  or  the  another  individuals  op- 
posed  

Mr.  Menendez.  Get  what  under  control? 

Ms.  GuNN.  Excuse  me,  may  I  finish?  Individuals  opposed  to  the 
Cuban  Government. 

Mr.  Menendez.  In  what  fashion? 

Ms.  GUNN.  Individuals  opposed  to  the  Cuban  Grovemment  would 
find  a  way  to  fight  back.  The  danger  that  I  then  see 

Mr.  Menendez.  Ms.  Gunn,  let  me^  just  interrupt  you  for  a  mo- 
ment. 

Brought  under  control  by  what  fashion?  You  said  that  if  they 
could  not  be  brought  under  control.  By  what  fashion? 

Ms.  GUNN.  You  are  asking  me  how  violence  would  occur.  I  am 
sa3dng  that  violence  would  occur  if  you  have  riots  breaking  out,  and 
they  are  not  brought  under  control  the  way  that  they  were  last  Au- 
gust. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Can  you  and  I  agree  on  one  thing,  or  two  things. 
Let  us  see  if  we  can  agree  on  two  things.  That  Fidel  Castro  wants 
to  stay  in  power? 

Ms.  Gunn.  Absolutely. 

Mr.  Menendez.  And  that  he  has  the  guns  in  Cuba? 

Ms.  Gunn.  He  has  the  guns  in  Cuba.  But  they  would  not  nec- 
essarily remain  solely  in  his  hands. 

Mr.  Menendez.  Let  me  ask  Dr.  Falcoff.  Ms.  Gunn  and  others 
have  raised  the  questions  of  change  or  reform,  however  you  want 
to  phrase  it,  about  the  farmers  markets  and  the  agriculture. 

Have  we  not  seen  this  before? 

Mr.  Falcoff.  We  have  seen  it  before  under  rather  different  cir- 
cumstances, where  the  Soviet-Cuban  arrangement  was  still  in 
force.  But  Castro  nonetheless  tried  this,  and  he  became  disturbed 
by  the  pockets  of  private  wealth  that  were  growing  in  the  society. 
I  believe  that  this  was  in  the  mid-1980's  or  early  mid-1980's.  I  have 
forgotten  the  exact  date.  And  he  yanked  it. 

Ideologically,  I  think  we  all  agree,  ideologically  this  is  repugnant 
to  Castro.  So  he  would  not  do  it,  if  he  did  not  have  to.  And  he  has 
reversed  himself  on  this  issue  before. 

Now  whether  in  the  current  environment  he  could  do  that,  I  real- 
ly do  not  know.  My  understanding  oddly  enough  is  that  Raul  Cas- 


45 

tro,  his  brother,  forced  this  reform  upon  him,  which  given  my  per- 
ception of  Raul  Castro  almost  but  not  quite  makes  him  less  aiieaw 
^tMn  Fidel.  -^ 

Mr.  Menendez.  I  know  that  we  have  to  go  for  a  vote,  but  does 
it  not  again  argue  for  the  question  that  necessity  creates  change? 

Mr.  Falcoff.  Well,  let  me  go  a  little  further,  Congressman 
Menendez.  I  know  you  have  to  go.  But  it  seems  to  me  that  the 
model,  and  this  has  been  told  to  me  even  by  Cuban  Government 
officials,  is  not  something  that  I  just  dreamed  up.  The  model  is 
China.  The  idea  is  that  the  United  States  would  normalize  rela- 
tions and  disengage  from  the  political  side,  and  allow  the  Govern- 
ment whatever  mix  of  economic  factors  it  needed  in  order  to  stay 
m  power. 

Mr.  Menendez.  But  there  is  no  necessity,  if  you  have  that  rela- 
tionship then;  if  you  create  that  relationship,  you  do  not  create  ne- 
cessity? 

Mr.  Falcoff.  It  is  a  pin  prick  compared  to  the  China  market. 

Mr.  Menendez.  As  I  was  saying,  there  is  a  dramatic  difference. 
If  you  in  fact  do  that  in  Cuba,  you  no  longer  create  necessity,  you 
no  longer  create  change.  And  you  do  not  create  the  economic  forces 
that  I  think  we  can  agree  could  create  political  change. 

If  Fidel  Castro,  we  agree,  wants  to  remain  in  power,  it  is  amaz- 
ing to  me,  and  if  lifting  the  embargo  as  some  suggest,  and  I  know 
you  do  not  totally,  is  in  fact  the  best  course  for  the  United  States, 
why  does  he  make  it  his  No.  1  foreign  policy  objective? 

Ambassador  Reich.  That  is  the  question  that  I  ask.  I  think  that 
It  should  be  said  by  the  way,  and  I  agree  totally  with  Ms.  Gunn's 
characterization  of  what  the  European  and  U.N.  response  to  the 
Helms-Burton  bill  would  be.  All  you  have  to  do  is  look  at  the  re- 
sponse to  the  Cuban  Democracy  Act.  So  that  has  to  be  weighed  in 
the  balance. 

Frankly,  the  Europeans  and  the  Latin  Americans  have  not  been 
very  sympathetic  to  our  position  on  this.  I  doubt  they  are  going  to 
be.  So  that  has  to  be  put  in  the  balance.  The  Cuban  Democracy 
Act,  which  I  know  you  also  opposed,  was  likewise  rejected  by  them. 

Now  I  gather,  Ms.  Gunn,  that  you  have  a  somewhat  more  favor- 
able view  of  CDA,  because  we  have  moved  to  a  harder  position. 

Ms.  Gunn.  No.  My  view  of  the  CDA  has  not  changed.  I  have  al- 
ways opposed  certain  portions  of  it,  and  supported  others.  I  took 
that  position  at  the  time,  and  I  take  it  now.  I  would  also  say  that 
I  believe  that  the  extraterritoriality  involved  in  the  CDA  was  quite 
minor  compared  to  the  extraterritoriality  in  the  Helms-Burton 
bills.  Therefore,  we  should  expect  to  see  a  much  more  vigorous  re- 
action this  time. 

Mr.  Burton.  I  thank  the  panel  very  much  for  their  comments. 
I  thank  Congressman  Menendez  and  Congresswoman  Ros-Lehtinen 
for  staying  until  the  very  end.  We  really  appreciate  your  comments. 
We  will  take  this  all  under  consideration.  And  this  meeting  stands 
adjourned. 

[Whereupon,  at  4:52  p.m.,  the  subcommittee  was  adjourned  to  re- 
convene at  the  call  of  the  Chair.] 


APPENDIX 


PREPARED  STATEMENT  OF  DR.  CONSTANTINE  MENGES, 
GEORGE  WASHINGTON  UNIVERSITY 

Cuba;  a  strategy  for  peaceful  transition  to  democracY 

By  Dr.  Constant ine  Menges  ^ 

Since  1959,  the  people  of  Cuba  have  endured  the  repression, 
economic  failure,  and  militarization  forced  upon  them  by  the 
Castro  regime.   The  unravelling  of  similar  communist 
dictatorships  in  Eastern  Europe  in  1989  seemed  to  occur  suddenly 
but  in  fact  was  the  result  both  of  a  long  struggle  by  courageous 
men  and  women  in  those  countries  for  political  liberalization, 
and  of  the  positive  example  set  by  the  successful  Western 
democracies  of  the  modern  era. 

Castro  is  determined  to  retain  power  not  only  for  his 
regime,  but  also  for  the  Marxist-Leninist  system  he  has 
institutionalized  in  Cuba.   Many  believe  that  the  collapse  of  the 
Castro  dictatorship  will  come  spontaneously.   Others  think  that 
only  massive  military  action  by  one  or  more  foreign  states  could 
bring  an  end  to  the  current  regime.   This  discussion  will  offer  a 
third  view  and  suggest  a  ten  step  plan  to  bring  about  the 
peaceful  establishment  of  democratic  institutions  in  Cuba. 
To  put  the  situation  of  communist  Cuba  in  perspective,  it  is 
important  to  note  that  events  have  shown  that  the  end  of 


^The  author.  Dr.  Constant ine  Menges,  is  Research  Professor  of 
International  Relations,  Director  of  the  Program  on  Transitions  to 
Democracy  at  George  Washington  University,  and  Editor  of  the 
journal.  Problems  of  Post-Communism.   His  latest  book  is. 
Transitions  from  Communism  in  Russia  and  Eastern  Europe. 

(47) 


48 


communist  rule  can  lead  to  four  very  different  patterns  of 
political  development  which  can  be  conceptualized  as  follows: 

A  definitive  process  of  transitions  to  democracy  and  market 
oriented  institutions,  as  in  Poland,  Hungary,  and  the  Czech 
Republic  --  where  free  and  fair  elections  have  resulted  in  a  new 
parliament,  executive  and  constitution. 

Cogovernance  of  reform  and  anti-reform  groups  with  each 
controlling  different  domains  of  public  policy  in  an  unstable 
process  of  continuing  competition,  as  in  Russia,  the  Baltics,  and 
Armenia. 

Market  authoritarian  regimes  as  in  Romania  and  nuclear  armed 
Ukraine,  Belarus,  and  Kazakhstan  as  well  as  in  seven  other  former 
Soviet  republics.   In  all  nine  former  Soviet  states  the  republic 
level  communist  authorities  declared  themselves  to  be  the 
nationalists  in  1991  and  despite  some  openness,  the  genuinely 
pro-democratic  groups  are  restricted  or  repressed.   These  regimes 
seem  to  emulate  the  Chinese  example  of  maintaining  a  one  party 
state  while  making  some  market  oriented  reforms  and  seeking  to 
derive  significant  economic  benefits  from  the  West. 

The  restoration  of  full  communist  rule  as  in  Tajikistan 
where  the  communist  hardliners  have  used  violence  to  take  power 
again  while  persecuting,  imprisoning,  and  executing  pro- 
democratic  and  Islamic  fundamentalist  leaders. 

This  pattern  of  post-communist  political  development 
observed  in  Europe  makes  it  clear  that  the  unravelling  of  a 
communist  regime  is  only  the  beginning  of  a  process  that  may  or 


49 


may  not  lead  to  political  democracy  and  a  market  oriented 
economy.   History  shows  that  transitions  from  dictatorship  are 
inherently  fragile  and  reversible,  and  that  the  manner  of 
transition  often  has  a  significant  effect  on  the  ultimate 
outcome.   That  is  one  of  the  most  important  reasons  why  it  is 
necessary  to  define  and  implement  a  peaceful  strategy  seeking  to 
encourage  the  transition  to  democracy. 

In  199  5,  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  that  sometime  in  the 
next  few  years,  a  transition  to  democracy  in  Cuba  might  be 
possible.   This  was  not  how  the  world  looked  ten  years  ago,  and 
we  should  recall  some  of  the  people  who  have  helped  make  these 
historic  changes  possible:   President  Reagan,  President  Bush, 
members  of  the  Reagan  foreign  policy  leadership  team  such  as 
Judge  Clark,  Secretary  of  Defense  Weinberger,  Ambassador  Jeane 
Kirkpatrick,  the  late  William  Casey,  Director  of  the  CIA,   and 
members  of  Congress  who  supported  President  Reagan's  foreign 
policy.   It  is  these  individuals,  and  many  others  inside  and 
outside  the  government,  who  are  among  those  who  helped  to  stem 
the  communist  tide  and  who  have  helped  establish  the  conditions 
which  permitted  the  courageous  people  in  the  communist  countries 
of  Europe  to  liberate  themselves. 

This  brings  me  to  a  fundamental  assumption  of  this  ten  step 
plan.   I  believe  that  the  people  of  Cuba  can  and  will  liberate 
themselves.   I  believe  it  is  important  for  the  Cuban  people  to 
realize  that  they  will  have  to  liberate  themselves,  as  did  the 
East  Europeans.   The  process  of  liberation  and  transition  must  be 


50 


a  peaceful  one,  for  humane  reasons  and  for  the  reasons  of 
democratic  reconstruction.   It  is  highly  unlikely  that  the  armed 
forces  of  the  United  States  or  of  any  other  major  democracy  will 
participate  in  the  process  of  transition.   The  transition,  if  it 
is  to  occur,  will  have  to  be  accomplished  by  the  people  of  Cuba 
with  peaceful  support  from  the  people,  governments,  and  the 
democratic  institutions  of  the  world  who  want  to  see  it  happen. 
It  is  important  to  understand  that  the  way  in  which  those 
pro-democratic  Cuban  exiles  living  in  the  U.S.  and  other 
democracies  behave  now  will  be  part  of  the  beginning  of  the 
process  of  democratic  transition.   That  is,   the  political  means 
used  by  Cuban  exiles,  which  I  believe  should  include  tolerance, 
civil  dialogue  and  non-violence  among  all  groups,  will  set  the 
stage  for  the  beginning  of  a  process  of  self-government  .   Cubans 
abroad  can  set  an  example  for  those  brave  people  in  the 
democratic  opposition  within  Cuba  by  showing  how  an  elected  Cuban 
government  might  behave. 

With  these  thoughts  in  mind,  the  following  are  ten  steps 
which  I  believe  can  encourage  a  peaceful  democratic  transition  in 
Cuba. 

1.  Information.   It  is  important  to  continue  to  speak 
honestly  and  often  about  the  nature  of  the  Castro  regime  and  the 
victims  of  its  internal  repression  and  international  aggression. 
As  long  as  Castro  continues  the  process  of  aggression  through 
armed  subversion,  support  for  terrorists,  training  of  terrorists, 
and  the  like,  it  is  important  to  keep  these  actions  in  the  public 


51 


eye.   The  broadcast  facilities  financed  by  the  U.S.  government 
such  as  Radio  Marti,  T.V.  Marti,  and  the  Voice  of  America  have  an 
important  role  to  play.   The  international  community  must  be 
careful  net  to  lose  sight  of  the  true  nature  of  the  Castro 
regime,  especially  its  continuing  violations  of  human  rights. 

2.  It  is  essential  to  continue  the  political,  economic,  and 
military  isolation  of  the  Castro  regime.   Those  democratic 
countries  that  adhere  to  strict  guidelines  designed  to  continue 
Castro's  isolation  should  seek  to  persuade  other  democratic 
countries  which  do  not.  This  does  not  mean  necessarily  the 
termination  of  discussions;  there  are  times  when  dialogue  can  be 
useful  in  opening  up  a  dictatorship.   What  it  does  mean,  is  that 
any  act  which  gives  the  Castro  regime  tangible,  material 
assistance,  should  be  stopped.   There  may  continue  to  be 
disagreement  over  this  policy  with  allies,  but  it  is  the  correct 
approach  for  the  United  States. 

It  is  important  to  remember  that  in  1968  when  the  United 
States  began  discussions  with  the  Castro  regime  for  the 
normalization  of  relations,  there  were  no  Cuban  military  forces 
abroad.   When  President  Carter  terminated  "normalization"  in  1979 
there  were  more  than  60,000  Cuban  combat  forces  abroad.   Quite 
clearly,  appeasing  Castro  through  normalization  of  relations  did 
not  work. 

Castro's  actions  over  the  decades  since  1959  show  his 
determination  and  cunning.   I  believe  that  as  his  regime  unravels 
Castro  may  well  become  extraordinarily  dangerous  and  might  use 


52 


any  and  all  available  weapons  against  either  the  people  of  Cuba 
or  the  against  the  southeastern  United  States.   As  an  example  of 
his  readiness  to  use  violence  in  situations  of  crisis,  we  now 
know  that  in  the  1962  Cuban  missile  crisis,  Castro  urged  the 
Soviet  Union  to  launch  nuclear  weapons  against  the  United  States. 
Fortunately,  this  possibility  may  not  occur  because  of  what 
I  have  called  the  paradox  of  dictatorship:  many  long  lasting 
regimes  perceived  as  stable  and  enduring  collapse  suddenly  when  a 
certain  level  of  popular  pressure  causes  panic  among  the  top 
echelons  of  the  dictatorship. 

3.  While  isolating  the  Castro  regime  it  is  essential  that  we 
find  ways  to  provide  material  assistance  and  encouragement  to 
those  pro-democratic  forces  inside  the  country  opposing  the 
regime  and  working  for  a  peaceful  transition.   This  is  permitted 
under  the  terms  of  the  U.S.  embargo.   Humanitarian  assistance  of 
various  kinds  is  needed,  as  is  political  assistance. 
Organizations  such  as  Radio  Marti, TV  Marti,  the  Cuban  American 
National  Foundation,  and  the  radio  programs  of  Cuba  Independiente 
^  Democratica  have  played  an  important  role  and  should  continue 
to  operate  on  a  larger  scale.   Assistance  should  be  provided  not 
only  on  U.S.  initiative,  but  on  a  systematic  multinational  level 
as  well. 

4.  It  is  time  for  all  the  major  exile  groups  of  Cuba  to 
convene  themselves  as  a  parliament  in  exile.   Selected 
representatives  should  meet  every  six  months  for  several  days  to 
debate  the  issues  of  Cuban  governance,  to  vote  on  key  questions, 


53 

and  to  synthesize  the  majority  decisions  and  minority  dissents, 


so  that  there  is  a  written  record  of  the  debate  on  the  key 
issues-political  democratization,  social  policy,  the  new  market- 
oriented  economy,  the  country's  direction  in  foreign  affairs,  and 
policy  toward  the  leaders  of  the  old  regime. 

5.  It  is  important  for  the  democratic  Cuban  exile  community 
to  candidly  discuss  and  reach  decisions  on  the  question  of  how 
leaders  of  the  former  communist  regime  will  be  treated.   My 
suggestion  is  for  a  policy  that  I  have  called  the  three  "Rs"  of 
peaceful  democratic  transition:   reconciliation,  reconstruction, 
revelation.   First,  there  should  be  reconciliation  and  amnesty 
for  everyone  including  Fidel  Castro  who  -  in  return  for 
permitting  a  peaceful  end  to  his  regime—  should  be  given  a  place 
of  exile,  a  lifetime  pension,  and  guarantee  of  no  retribution. 
That  would  be  a  small  price  to  pay  for  a  peaceful  transition. 

In  my  work  on  Spain's  transition  to  democracy  in  the  late 
1970s,  I  observed  the  positive  effects  of  this  policy  of  amnesty, 
and  during  the  1980s  as  a  member  of  the  Reagan  administration,  I 
urged  that  it  be  applied  in  Latin  America,  including  Grenada. 
Perhaps  these  examples  of  what  I  termed  the  humane 
deinstitutionalization  of  dictatorships  helped  set  the  stage  for 
a  similar  process  in  Eastern  Europe.   Second,  the  reconstruction 
of  civil  society  means  the  reestablishment  of  independent 
institutions  in  all  areas  of  life.   Third,  an  objective 
commission  should  undertake  to  fully  reveal  what  the  Castro 
regime  did  to  its  own  people  and  what  it  has  done  abroad.   Those 


54 


events  have  to  be  talked  about  openly  to  commemorate  the  victims 
and  to  lessen  the  chances  of  a  recurrence. 

6.  At  some  point,  the  time  will  come  for  the  establishment 
of  a  provisional  free  government  of  Cuba  in  exile  by  all  the 
major  exile  organizations.   Voting  procedures  perhaps  using 
modern  technologies  could  be  established  so  that  a  representative 
selection  of  people  could  be  chosen  for  participation  under  a 
rotating  executive  formed  by  the  different  exile  groups.   This 
government  in  exile  would  respond  to  the  parliament  in  exile  as 
the  visible  expression  of  the  will  of  the  people  of  Cuba.   This 
would  serve  two  important  purposes:  it  would  provide  practice  in 
the  process  of  government;  and,  it  would  establish  an 
alternative,  international  identity  for  Cuba.   From  the  outset, 
though,  it  must  be  made  clear  that  this  transitional  governing 
structure  would  be  temporary  and  that  groups  representing  the 
people  within  Cuba  would  join  at  the  first  practical  opportunity. 

7.  After  this  free  Cuban  government  in  exile  begins  to 
function,  the  major  democracies  should  begin  a  campaign  designed 
to  give  it  credence  and  legitimacy,  by  seeking  to  grant  it 
observer  status  at  the  OAS  and  the  United  Nations  as  is  presently 
enjoyed  by  other  organizations  that  are  not  states. 

8.  There  should  be  an  international  campaign  led  by  the  U.S. 
and  the  major  democracies  to  withdraw  diplomatic  recognition  from 
the  Castro  regime  and  to  remove  it  from  the  U.N.  and  other 
international  organizations.   The  time  for  this  would  come  when 
the  situation  in  Cuba  shows  that  the  Castro  regime  is  weakening 
and  the  people  need  signs  of  international  support. 

9.  There  will  come  an  appropriate  time  for  the  leading 
democracies  to  confer  formal  diplomatic  recognition  on  the  free 
Cuban  government  in  exile.   These  countries  should  conduct  a 


55 


campaign  of  political  persuasion  to  obtain  recognition  from  large 
numbers  of  additional  governments  throughout  the  world. 

10.  Once  a  majority  of  members  had  recognized  the  free  Cuban 
government  in  exile,  it  should  receive  formal  diplomatic 
recognition  by  the  Organization  of  American  States  and  the  United 
Nations  as  the  Free  Cuban  Government  in  Exile.   These  last  two 
steps  should  be  taken  in  full  understanding  that  they  would,  in 
essence,  constitute  acts  of  international  endorsement  for  a 
transitional  government  representing  the  internal  and  external 
:u^:^groups  that  would  pledge  to  conduct  free  and  fair 
elections. 

I  believe  the  people  of  Cuba  seek  freedom  and  a  peaceful 
political  process  to  achieve  it;  they  do  not  want  a  new 
dictatorship  of  the  right  or  the  left.   Actions  along  the  lines 
of  these  ten  steps  can  help  the  leaders  of  the  Cuban  exile 
community  set  the  positive  example  which  will  gain  the  support  of 
the  Cuban  people  and  of  democratic  governments.   There  can  be  a 
free  and  democratic  Cuba  in  the  not  too  distant  future. 


56 


PREPARED  STATEMENT  OF  JORGE  MAS  CANOSA,  CHAIRMAN,  THE  CUBAN 
AMERICAN  NATIONAL  FOUNDATION 


Mr.  Chairman,  distinguished  members  of  this  subcommittee,  I  would  like  to  thank 
you  for  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  today  to  talk  about  Cuba  and  U.S.  policy 
towards  that  enslaved  island.  Before  I  begin,  however,  I  would  like  to  especially 
congratulate  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  your  assuming  the  chairmanship  of  this  subcommittee, 
one  that  has  become  so  critical  and  important  -  largely  through  the  efforts  of  your 
predecessor,  Mr.  Robert  Torricelli  --  to  the  cause  of  freedom  and  democracy  for  the  Cuban 
people. 

If  the  democratic  process  of  our  great  country  calls  for  a  change  in  the  leadership  of 
this  Congress,  then  the  Cuban  American  community  could  not  have  expected  a  dearer  friend 
or  someone  more  devoted  to  securing  Cuba's  freedom  to  assume  the  chairmanship  of  this 
subcommittee  than  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  !  truly  believe  that,  and  I  also  believe,  without  a 
doubt,  that  Fidel  Castro  is  going  to  soon  find  out  that  he  is  no  match  for  the  combined 
leadership  of  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  the  ranking  member  of  this  subcommittee,  Mr. 
Torricelli,  as  we  pursue  our  long-sought  goal  of  returning  freedom  and  democracy  to  our 
beloved  homeland. 

We  have  convened  here  today  to  discuss  the  current  situation  on  the  island,  as  well 
as  U.S.  policy,  and  how  best  to  further  our  aforementioned  goals.  As  for  conditions  in 
Cuba,  it  is  very  difficult  to  convey  the  deprivation  and  the  destitution  that  Fidel  Castro  has 
inflicted  on  that  island.  He  has  taken  that  once  beautiful  and  prosperous  island  and  turned 
into  an  unimaginable  purgatory,  bereft  of  soul  and  spirit,  bereft  of  community,  bereft  of 
material  possessions,  bereft  of  life  --  all  so  he  can  maniacally  pursue  "History's"  absolution. 

Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  by  now  clear  to  all  but  the  most  devoted  sycophants  that  Fidel 
Castro's  obsession  with  absolute  power  precludes  him  from  ever  introducing  the 
fundamental  economic  and  political  reforms  that  the  Cuban  people  cry  out  for.  TTie  tepid 
and  lukewarm  efforts  to  slightly  liberalize  his  Stalinist  command  economy  have  not  been 
undertaken  to  improve  the  lot  of  the  Cuban  people  but  only  to  sustain  his  decrepit  and 
outdated  dictatorship.  Let  us  please  once  and  for  all  dispense  with  all  this  nonsense  about 
"Reform,"  "Moving  toward  free  markets,"  "Mixed  economies,"  and  "Cuba:  Open  for  business." 

As  for  U.S.  policy,  the  embargo  is  working,  although  enforcement  procedures  need 
improvement.  Why  else  would  its  unilateral  lifting  become  the  number  one  foreign  policy 
priority  of  the  Castro  regime?  Our  unwillingness  to  grant  Castro  the  credits  and  loans  he 
so  desperately  needs  is  forcing  Castro  down  a  road  he  does  not  want  to  travel.  Slowly,  ever 
so  slowly,  he  is  relinquishing  total  economic  control  of  the  island.  Yet  I  quickly  want  to  add 
that  so  far  of  what  we  seen  is  tinkering  on  the  economic  margins  and  not  what  Cuba  needs: 
and  that  is  political  reform. 


57 


As  I  said,  Cuban  officials  themselves  -  with  their  incessant  statements  --  more  than 
attest  to  the  effectiveness  of  the  embargo  as  a  point  of  leverage  over  the  Castro  regime. 
Our  message  to  Castro  is  clear:  respect  the  human  rights  of  the  Cuban  people,  allow  them 
self-determination,  and  then  you  can  enjoy  the  benefits  of  normal  diplomatic  and  economic 
relations  with  the  United  States. 

I  also  wanted  to  address  two  last  issues,  arguments  that  many  are  using  as  to  why  we 
need  to  change  our  policy  towards  Cuba.  The  first  is  that  U.S.  trade  and  travel  will  succeed 
where,  the  say,  current  policy  has  failed  --  in  undermining  the  Castro  regime.  They  say  this 
is  how  we  won  the  Cold  War;  this  is  how  we  can  defeat  Castro. 

To  be  quite  blunt  about  it,  I  find  it  to  be  a  scandalous  revision  of  Cold  War  history 
for  anyone  to  claim  that  Western  trade  and  travel  somehow  brought  down  communism  in 
the  East  Bloc.  In  fact,  I  challenge  anyone  to  provide  one  specific  example  of  where  that 
occurred. 

Was  it  Poland?  No.  Trade,  loans,  and  credit  to  that  communist  regime  saddled  that 
country  with  an  astronomical  debt  Polish  democrats  are  still  trying  to  recover  from. 

Was  it  Romania?  Hardly.  The  Ceasescu  regime  enjoyed  Most  Favored  Nation  status 
for  20  years  --  and  isn't  it  ironic  that  the  one  violent  revolution  in  Eastern  Europe  occurred 
in  that  country. 

What  about  the  former  Soviet  Union?  It  might  be  pointed  that  the  height  of  U.S. 
trade  and  travel  to  the  Soviet  Union  was  1980,  the  same  year  Red  Army  tanks  rolled  into 
Afghanistan.  A  more  sober  analysis  is  provided  by  Russian  officials  themselves:  the 
recognition  that  they  could  not  match  another  arms  race  with  the  United  States  led  by 
Ronald  Reagan. 

So-called  "kindness"  didn't  kill  communism  -  it  fell  of  its  own  weight  after  the  West 
refused  to  provide  those  decrepit  regimes  with  any  more  financial  bailouts  -  the  kind  some 
are  now  advocating  for  Cuba. 

Cuba  is  free  to  trade  with  every  other  country  in  the  world  and  receives  thousands 
of  tourists  from  Western  democracies  --  neither  have  had  any  discernible  impact  on 
changing  the  nature  of  that  regime.  What  is  so  magical  about  U.S.  trade  and  American 
tourists  that  will  somehow  turn  Fidel  Castro  into  a  Jeffersonian  democrat? 

Let's  look  at  what  is  happening  in  China,  Mr.  Chairman.  The  State  Department  has 
just  released  its  human  rights  report  and  it  shows  that  human  rights  in  China  haven't 
improved  since  they  received  Most  Favored  Nation  Status,  they've  gotten  worse! 

The  Chinese  government  continues  to  abuse  and  jail  dissidents,  brutally  suppress 
Tibet,  use  slave  labor  to  produce  goods  for  export,  and  has  been  of  absolutely  no  help  in 


58 


our  efforts  to  deal  with  the  North  Korea  problem.  And  the  only  time  this  administration 
moves  to  punish  the  thugs  in  Beijing?  Only  when  they  pirate  U.S.  CDs  and  video  tapes. 

I'm  sorry,  Mr.  Chairman,  but  that  is  not  my  vision  for  a  future  Cuba  -  where  the 
human  rights  of  the  Cuban  people  are  considered  not  important  enough  to  merit  tough 
reprisals  by  the  United  States,  but  the  commercial  rights  of  the  U.S.  entertainment  industry 
are. 

A  second  argument  by  opponents  of  our  current  policy  is  the  idea  that  it  is  in  the 
U.S.  national  interest  for  Fidel  Castro  to  remain  in  power  in  order  to  lead  a  peaceful 
transition  in  C\iba  --  that  in  effect  we  need  Castro  to  help  us  avoid  a  possible  outbreak  of 
violence  in  Cuba.   YES  -  that  we  need  Castro  to  avoid  violence  in  Cuba. 

Ladies  and  gentlemen,  this  is  regime  that  has  been  perpetrating  violence  against  the 
Cuban  people  from  the  very  day  it  seized  power  -  and  this  is  to  say  nothing  of  its  violent 
exploits  abroad.  Last  July,  this  regime's  patrol  boats  rammed  and  sank  a  tugboat  packed 
with  Cuban  refugees  --  men,  women,  and  children  -  off  Cuba's  coast,  sending  some  40 
people  to  their  death.  20  children  placed  in  the  hold  of  the  ship  to  shelter  them  from  water 
cannons  blasting  the  tugboat  drowned  --  a  mother  watched  her  10  year  old  son  slip  away 
from  her  grasp  and  disappear  into  a  whirlpool  created  by  Castro's  patrol  boats 
systematically  circling  the  refugee  vessel. 

We  could  fill  a  room  ten  times  this  size  with  men  and  women  who  could  testify  -- 
giving  names,  dates  and  places  --  to  the  torture,  beatings,  and  other  atrocities  inflicted  upon 
them  by  Castro's  security  forces  in  the  Cuban  gulag.  Freedom  House  recently  published  an 
irrefutable  study  on  psychiatric  torture  in  Cuba's  political  prisons. 

We  could  fill  a  cemetery  the  size  of  Arlington's  with  every  Cuban  man,  women,  and 
child,  who  has  died  at  the  hands  of  this  regime.  Whether  by  firing  squad,  alone  in  a  dank, 
dark  cell,  by  emotional  distress  brought  on  by  the  death  of  a  loved  one  or  a  separated 
family,  or  in  the  Florida  Straits,  in  a  desperate  attempt  to  escape  Fidel's  Socialist  Paradise. 

This,  Mr.  Chairman,  is  a  regime  that  is  going  to  lead  a  peaceful  transition 
in  Cuba??  This  is  a  regime  we  need  to  stay  in  place  to  ensure  a  peaceful 
transition   in  Cuba?? 

Not  unless  Fidel  Castro  undergoes  a  conversion  comparable  to  Paul's  on  the  road  to 
Damascus.  And  I  don't  expect  that  to  happen  --  nor  should  we  expect  --  for  the  sake  of  the 
Cuban  people  --  that  to  happen. 

Fidel  Castro  --  and  all  his  friends  and  supporters  that  remain  in  this  country  --  need 
to  once  and  for  all  recognize  that  he  and  only  he  is  the  obstacle  to  positive,  fundamental 
change  on  the  island  --  and  nothing  else.  U.S.  policy  is  correct  in  not  granting  him  a 
reprieve.   The  only  thing  we  need  to  discuss  with  Castro  is  the  terms  of  his  departure  -- 


59 


when,  how,  and  where. 


Before  I  conclude,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  wanted  to  address  one  last  topic:  this  myth  -- 
helped  along  by  the  national  media  -  that  somehow  Cuba  is  open  for  business  and  that  U.S. 
corporations  are  allegedly  being  "left  out."  This  is  nothing  but  a  thinly  disguised  attempt  to 
recruit  U.S.  corporations  -  by  Castro  himself  and  many  of  his  friends  here  in  this  country  - 
-  to  actively  lobby  against  our  trade  embargo  of  Cuba,  hoping  they  can  replicate  the  process 
whereby  the  embargo  of  Vietnam  was  lifted. 

What  I  would  like  to  know  is  what  is  so  attractive  economically  about  an  island  ruled 
by  a  totalitarian  despot  who  maintains  the  authority  to  seize  property  at  will?  Where  there 
exist  no  property  rights  for  the  average  citizen?  Where  that  citizen  earns  the  average  of  $5 
a  month?  Where  no  Cuban  is  allowed  to  own  or  organize  any  private  economic 
organizations? 

Actually,  I  will  tell  you  what  makes  Cuba  so  attractive  to  those  international 
profiteers  who  have  invested  in  Cuba  and  conduct  business  as  usual  with  its  dictator:  forced 
and  slave  labor;  no  independent  labor  unions;  no  right  to  strike;  you  get  to  deal  with  a 
regime  that  can  make  you  any  offer  -  no  matter  how  desperate  --  because  it  has  no 
accountability  to  its  people;  the  local  population  will  not  be  a  nuisance  because  they  have 
no  civil  rights,  no  legal  rights,  no  rights  whatsoever. 

Their  interest  can  be  summed  up  in  one  word,  Mr.  Chairman:  exploitation. 

I  really  find  it  ironic,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  see  how  all  these  activists  and  public 
personalities  who  have  built  careers  denouncing  capitalist  exploitation  in  the  so-called 
developing  world  have  been  so  deafeningly  silent  on  what  is  going  on  in  Cuba. 

I  would  like  to  introduce  for  the  record  just  this  one  newspaper  article  that  pretty 
well  sums  up  what  is  going  on  there.  It  originally  appeared  in  the  London  Observer  and  the 
title  says  it  all:  "Cuba:  A  Paradise,  but  not  for  Cubans;  Communist  island  lures  dollar 
bearing  tourists  to  hotels  off  limits  to  local  residents;  vacationers  find  trips  to  sandy  beaches 
are  cheap,  amenities  expensive,  except  for  sex."  It  goes  on  to  label  Cuba  the  "Bangkok  of 
the  Caribbean"  for  its  promotion  of  sex  and  virgin  Cuban  women  willing  to  spend  a  night 
with  a  tourist  in  order  to  buy  the  next  day's  meal. 

Recently,  a  former  American  ambassador  told  me  of  conversation  he  had  in  Canada 
with  a  Canadian  who  was  investing  heavily  in  Cuba.  The  ambassador  asked  him  how  he 
could  justify  morally  his  extensive  business  dealings  with  the  Castro  dictatorship.  The 
Canadian's  answer?  "Morality  has  nothing  to  do  with  my  business  decisions." 

Where  is  the  outrage,  Mr.  Chairman?  Canadian  raping  the  island  of  its  mineral 
resources  and  polluting  its  delicate  environment;  Spaniards  embracing  tourism  apartheid, 
while  tourists  --  when  they  are  not  defiling  Cuban  women  -  are  ferried  about  in  Japanese 


60 


cars  denied  the  Cuban  people,  who  are  sold  bicycles  by  the  dictator;  Mexicans  also  shipping 
their  pollution-laden  oil  refining  business  to  Cuba;  every  single  one  of  them  profiting  off  the 
poor,  isolated  Cuban  citizen. 

Well,  the  outrage  is  right  here,  Mr.  Chairman.  Cubans  on  the  island  may  be 
powerless  to  oppose  these  deals,  but  free  Cubans  aren't.  We  are  committed  to  doing  all  in 
our  power  to  disrupt  this  profiteering  on  the  misery  of  the  Cuban  people.  I  would  like  to 
submit  for  the  record  what  we  call  "Cuba's  Hall  of  Shame"  --  a  list  of  companies  from 
Canada  to  the  United  Kingdom  to  Latin  America  that  are  investing  in  Cuba  or  conducting 
business  as  usual  with  the  Cuban  tyrants. 

These  are  blood  deals,  Mr.  Chairman.  These  contracts  are  inked  in  the  blood  of 
every  Cuban  man,  woman,  and  child  who  has  died  at  the  hands  of  this  despotic  regime  since 
1959.  They  are  contemptuous  of  the  pain  and  sacrifice  endured  by  11  million  Cubans,  both 
on  the  island  and  in  exile.  And  I  will  promise  to  you  today,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  as  long  as 
I  live,  as  long  as  the  Cuban  American  National  Foundation  exists,  we  will  work  --  we  will 
work  --  to  see,  to  ensure,  that  when  the  dawn  of  democracy  finally  arrives  in  Cuba,  each  one 
of  these  deals  will  be  rendered  null  and  void  by  a  new,  democratic  Cuban  leadership  --  and 
those  profiteers  will  be  run  out  of  town  one  step  behind  the  torturers  and  executioners  of 
the  Cuban  people. 

That  is  my  promise.  And  I  encourage  the  U.S.  Congress,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  join  us 
in  our  effort  to  expose  and  punish  any  company  with  the  blood  of  the  Cuban  people  on  its 
hands. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  thank  you  for  convening  this  hearing. 
I  would  like  to  thank  you,  and  your  predecessor,  Mr.  Torricelli,  for  providing  these  forums 
that  have  given  a  voice  to  the  voiceless,  the  people  of  Cuba,  that  have  given  them  a  measure 
of  respect  and  dignity  that  has  been  denied  them  by  Fidel  Castro  for  more  than  three 
decades.  Your  contributions  to  a  free  and  democratic  Cuba  are  known  to  them  through 
Radio  Marti  and  the  radio  station  of  the  Cuban  American  National  Foundation,  and  I  have 
no  doubt  will  be  known  to  their  children  and  to  generations  of  Cubans  who  will  surely  be 
living  as  free  men  and  women. 

Thank  you  very  much. 


61 


PREPARED  STATEMENT  OF  MARK  FALCOFF,  RESffiENT  SCHOLAR,  AMERICAN 
ENTERPRISE  INSTITUTE 


Mr.  Chairman,  distinguished  members  of  the  Subcommittee  on  the 
Western  Hemisphere: 

I  am  honored  to  respond  to  your  invitation  to  share  some  of  my 
thoughts  with  you  this  afternoon  on  the  Castro  regime  in  Cuba  as  it 
enters  its  thirty-sixth  year.  The  survival  of  Communism  on  the 
island,  long  after  it  has  disappeared  in  the  Soviet  Union  and 
Eastern  Europe,  is  a  matter  of  concern  to  all  of  friends  of 
freedom,  not  just  those  of  us  in  the  United  States.  But  given  the 
island's  geographical  location,  Cuba's  internal  problems  and 
prospects  are  of  greater  relevance  to  this  country  than  to  any 
other. 

For  in  spite  of  elaborate  claims  made  on  behalf  of  Cuba's 
quest  for  sovereignty  and  independence,  almost  everybody- -from  the 
long-suffering  Cuban  people  themselves,  to  Cuba's  neighbors  in  the 
circum-Caribbean  and  beyond- -expects  the  United  States  to  shoulder 
the  lion's  share  of  the  costs  and  responsibilities  issuing  from  the 
eventual  collapse  or  implosion  of  the  Castro  regime.  The  United 
States  therefore  has  a  legitimate  concern  and  possibly  also  a 
genuine  responsibility  to  think  through  the  consequences  of  end- 
game, which- -given  the  unassailable  facts  of  human  biology- -is 
bound  to  come  sooner  or  later. 


Let  me  begin  by  emphasizing  two  points. 

First,  the  longevity  of  the  Castro  regime  should  not  dazzle 
us.  It  is  neither  unique  nor- -given  regional  standards- -all  that 
impressive.  It  in  no  way  establishes  either  the  regime's  legitimacy 
or  its  prospects  for  perpetuation  beyond  the  life  of  the  dictator. 
Actually,  many  authoritarian  regimes  in  twentieth-century  Latin 
America  have  endured  well  into  three  decades- -that  of  Generalissxma 
Rafael_Trujj_Llo-4n  the  Dominican  Republic,  that  of  Generai~Mf redo 
Stfbessner  in  Paraguay,  and  in  a  dynastic  sense,  "EHaE  of  the 
Somozas  TAnastasio  Sr.,  Luis  and  Anastasio  Jr.]  in  Nicaragua.  None 
have  survived  their  progenitors. 

There  are,  of  course,  some  differences.  Castro  possesses  an 
ideology- -although  of  late  it  has  shifted  somewhat  in  content. 
Until  recently  he  had  a  powerful  international  patron  willing  not 
only  to  protect  him  militarily  but  to  subsidize  him  economically. 
And  unlike  Trujillo  or  Stroessner  or  Somoza,  Fidel  Castro  exercises 
a  peculiar  fascination  over  intellectuals,  journalists,  and 
academics- -people  who  normally  think  of  themselves  as  enlightened 
and  liberal,  and  who  would  find  this  sort  of  regime  in  some  other 
part  of  the  world  worthy  of  censure  rather  than  extenuating 
apologetics. 


90-346  0-95-3 


62 

Prepared  Statement  of  Mark  Falcoff- 


Stripped  of  its  ideological  and  cultural  trimmings,  however, 
the  Castro  regime  is  a  typical,  or  rather,  archtypical  version  of 
the  traditional  Latin  American  dictatorship- -  in  the  sense  that  it 
remains  a  one-man  show.  One  man  still  makes  all  the  crucial 
decisions,  and  determines  who  lives  and  who  dies,  who  is  jailed  and 
who  goes  free,  who  eats,  and  who  does  not.  Moreover,  in  spite  of 
all  the  talk  of  generational  renewal,  after  thirty-five  years  the 
revolution  is  still  not  institutionalized.  There  is  no  clear  order 
of  succession.  While  the  dictator's  brother  Raul,  commander  in 
chief  of  the  Cuban  armed  forces,  is  widely  regarded  as  his  heir- 
apparent,  not  many  people  think  that  he  possesses  the  qualities 
necessary  to  hold  together  an  increasingly  disf unctional 
revolutionary  "family". 

Second,  Castro  seem  peculiarly  uninterested  in  validing  his 
continuing  rule  by  testing  it  in  a  plebiscite  such  as  the  one 
convoked  by  General  Pinochet  in  Chile  some  seven  years  ago.  One 
cannot  help  wondering  why.  After  all,  if --as  we  are  so  often  told-- 
Fidel  Castro  is  still  the  best,  last  hope  for  Cubans,  he  should 
have  no  trouble  winning  such  a  contest,  particularly  since  (unlike 
Chile)  there  would  be  no  obvious  and  immediate  alternative,  and 
(again,  unlike  Chile)  his  government  possesses  a  total  monopoly  of 
the  print  media  and  (excluding  Radio  and  TV  Marti)  a  monopoly  of 
the  electronic  media,  controls  the  distribution  of  all  essential 
articles  of  daily  consumption,  and  (once  more,  in  contrast  to 
Chile)  is  in  command  of  the  only  organized  political  force  on  the 
ground . 

To  win  a  plebiscite- -even  one  whose  ground  rules  were 
predetermined  and  organized  to  Castro's  own  convenience- -would  be 
a  devastating  blow  to  the  United  States  and  to  the  enemies, 
domestic  and  foreign,  of  what  he  likes  to  call  the  Cuban 
revolution.  Why,  I  ask  again,  does  he  hold  back?  Perhaps  he  knows 
something  we  do  not. 

The  only  thing  Chilean  which  seems  to  interest  Castro  these 
days  are  the  tactical  skills  which  have  permitted  General  Pinochet 
to  survive  beyond  the  writ  of  his  own  regime;  he  spent  the  better 
part  of  a  night  going  over  this  point  not  long  ago  with  a  friend  of 
mine,  a  conservative  Chilean  congressman  who  was  visiting  the 
island  with  his  wife  and  son.  This  is  of  a  piece  with  his 
fascination  with  Spain's  Generalissimo  Francisco  Franco,  who  more 
than  any  other  Latin  leader,  is  Castro's  current  model.  As  Paul 
Preston  has  explained  at  great  length  in  his  recent  masterly 
biography  of  the  Spanish  dictator,  Franco's  survival  for  nearly 
forty  years  was  based  on  a  combination  of  ruthlessness, 
dissimulation,  capacity  to  continually  divide  his  followers  as  well 
as  his  opponents,  and  above  all,  great  skill  at  manipulating 


63 

Prepared  Statement  of  Mark  Falcoff- 


foreign  sources  of  weaponry  and  financial  assistance. - 

Like  Franco,  too,  Castro's  number  one  priority  these  days- -the 
one  to  which  all  others  are  subordinated- -is  his  desire  (and  in  a 
certain  sense,  even,  his  need)  to  rule  his  country  until  his  death. 
What  happens  to  Cuba  after  he  is  gone  is  of  no  great  concern  to 
him.  The  imperatives  of  survival  in  power  do  have  the  capacity, 
however,  to  focus  his  mind  wonderfully.  They  have  also  led  to  some 
new  and  unexpected  tactical  ploys.  Lately  he  has  become  willing  to 
compromise  on  many  marginal  issues,  as  I  am  sure  you  will  hear 
today  from  other  witnesses.  But  his  overarching  purpose  remains 
firm,  central,  unwielding.  How  does  he  propose  to  achieve  it? 

First,  by  getting  the  United  States  to  lift  its  economic 
embargo.  The  importance  of  this  can  hardly  be  exaggerated,  since  at 
this  point  Castro  has  virtually  exhausted  his  credit  with  the 
Western  Europeans,  the  Japanese,  even  the  Latin  Americans,  and. has 
nowhere  else  to  turn. 

With  the  embargo  gone,  Castro  would  gain  access  to  a  whole  new 
universe  of  credits  from  American  private  banks.  It  would  also  make 
him  eligible  for  a  range  of  soft  loans  to  finance  the  purchase  of 
U.  S.  agricultural  products,  presumably  guaranteed  by  the  U.  S. 
taxpayer  (much  as  Saddam  Hussein  was  able  to  do  in  the  runup  to  the 
Gulf  War)  .  It  would  allow  him  access  to  loans  from  the  multilateral 
banks  and  membership  in  the  International  Monetary  Fund.  Such 
"constructive  engagement"  has  prolonged  the  life  of  more  than  one 
Communist  regime- -witness  the  role  of  Western  banks  in  bailing  out 
the  Polish  dictatorship  in  the  late  'seventies  and  early  'eighties. 
Indeed,  Cuban  officials  themselves  often  make  reference  to  China  or 
Vietnam,  two  Communist  regimes  which  have  lately  found  ways  to 
exploit  the  apparently  limitless  gullibility  of  Western  financial 
elites. 

To  be  sure,  over  the  longer  term,  Castro's  Cuba  would  not  be 
a  particularly  good  credit  risk.  But  it  would  be  some  years  before 
it  have  to  declare  default,  and  once  it  did,  there  would  be  no  real 
recourse.  In  the  meanwhile,  Castro  could  postpone  political  reform- 
-and  meaningful  economic  reform- -indefinitely . 

Second,  once  the  embargo  is  lifted  and  U.  S.  businesses  begin 
to  operate  in  Cuba,  Castro  could  anticipate  the  emergence  of  a  new 
constituency  here  in  Washington  to  line  up  behind  the  regime 
whenever  it  is  embarrassed  by  its  human  rights  violations,  and  also 
to  explain  away  its  lack  of  progress  towards  political  democracy. 
Castro  can  offer  cheap  labor,  a  reasonably  educated  work  force,  and 
no  independent  unions;  in  exchange,  he  hopes  to  obtain  some  of  this 
city's  best  (and  most  expensive)  forensic  talent  representing  some 


^Paul  Preston,  Franco,  A  Biography  (New  York:  Basic  Books, 
1994)  . 


64 


Prepared  Statement  of  Mark  Falcoff- 


of  our  larger  multinationals  to  argue  his  case  before  Congress  and 
whatever  administration  happens  to  be  in  power. 

A  word  here  about  the  debt -equity  swaps  and  other  deals  which 
the  Cubans  are  now  offering  the  Mexicans,  Canadians,  Spaniards  and 
others.  No  doubt  many  businessmen  in  these  countries  imagine  that 
they  are  getting  in  on  the  ground  floor  of  a  bonanza,  since 
presumably  they  will  be  in  place  when  the  embargo  is  lifted,  having 
bested  their  American  competitors  by  slipping  in  beforehand. 
Leaving  aside  the  question  of  whether  a  post -Castro  government  will 
validate  these  contracts- -a  very  big  question  indeed- -it  is  obvious 
that  until  and  unless  the  embargo  is  lifted,  these  investments  are 
not  likely  to  be  profitable.  Castro's  major  purpose  in  opening 
these  industries  to  non-U.  S.  investors  would  seem  to  be  less 
economic  reactivation  than  to  convince  the  American  business 
community  that  it  is  missing  out  on  the  fire  sale  of  the  century, 
and  goad  it  to  pressure  our  government  to  lift  the  embargo.  So  far 
this  tactic  has  not  proven  particularly  successful,  although  to 
judge  by  the  latest  issue  of  Time  magazine,  our  journalists  are 
already  beginning  to  pick  up  the  theme  to  advance  it.^ 

Third,  by  expanding  the  range  of  contact  with  foreign 
businesses,  Castro  hopes  to  buy  the  continued  loyalty  of  his  armed 
forces  by  cutting  them  into  the  new  joint  ventures.  Presumably, 
this  would  insulate  the  Cuban  military  from  the  consequences  of  the 
island's  economic  decline,  and  therefore  neutralize  it  politically. 
Whether  this  is  really  possible  in  the  absence  of  a  U.  S.  component 
remains  to  be  seen,  but  at  any  rate,  the  strategy  is  quite  clear. 

One  might  well  ask  why  it  is  that  Castro  is  so  certain  that 
lifting  the  embargo  will  strengthen  his  hold,  rather  than  undermine 
it?  After  all,  the  United  States  was  always  an  enormous  pole  of 
attraction  for  ordinary  Cubans,  and  presumably  would  remain  so.  Can 
Castro  survive  thousands  of  American  tourists,  and  the  impact  of 
renewed  U.  S. -Cuban  trade?  The  answer,  I  submit,  is  that  Castro 
intends  to  manage  the  new  relationship  in  such  a  way  as  to  minimize 
the  ripple-effect  of  increased  contact.  Even  today,  ordinary  Cubans 
have  little  or  no  contact  with  (far  less  potentially  subversive) 
tourists  and  businessmen  from  Mexico,  Canada,  Spain  and  elsewhere. 
Many  tourist  centers  in  Cuba  are  isolated  along  the  island's 
periphery,  and  the  access  roads  to  them  forbidden  to  ordinary 
Cubans,  even  on  bicycle. 

Normalization  of  relations  with  the  United  States  does  not 
mean  a  return  to  the  pre-1959  status  quo.  Cuba  can  never  again 
occupy  a  quarter  of  our  market  for  imported  sugar,  since  its  quota 
has  been  divided  up  among  many  other  countries.  American  investment 
can  never  be  as  central  in  a  command  economy.  Above  all,  given  the 


'See  particularly  J.  F.  0.  McAllister,  "Will  a  Tighter  Embargo 
Really  Bring  Down  Castro?",  February  20,  1995. 


65 

Prepared  Statement  of  Mark  Falcoff- 


overriding  political  objectives  of  the  regime,  the  wider  imcact  of 
economic  liberalization  will  be  extremely^imiteS  -because  i^must 
be^  TO  assume  that  it  would  acquire  its  own  momentum,  o^erruUnq 
and  engulfing  the  regime,  is  to  descend  into  a  kind  of  cridi 
economic  determinism  of  which  Castro  himself--to  wtom  I  do  the 
honor  of  taking  seriously  as  a  Marxist- -would  never  be  guilty  It 
Castro  believes  that  he  can  survive  and  flourish  in  a  polt-embar^o 
environment  the  question  we  ought  to  be  asking  ourselves  whf?hlt 
IS,  and  what  policies  ought  to  follow  from  it 
questions'"  ^°''  ^°''  ^°''''  attention.   I   look  forward  to  your 


MARK  FALCOFF  is  resident  scholar  at  the  American  Enterprise 
^^,1ih^''^^  ^^"^  "'^•^^^'^  .''°^^^y  Research  in  Washington,  D.  C  S  Jas 
^S?esT  andT.'cf'K''^""  °'  Illinois,  Oregon  and  California  (Los 
Angeles),  and  has  been  a  visiting  fellow  at  both  the  Hoover 
Institution  and  the  Council  on  Foreign  Relations.  He  was 
professional  staff  member  (with  responsibility  for  Latin  American 
policy)  on  the  Senate  Foreign  Relations  Committee  in  the  99?h 
Congress.  His  books  include  Small  Countries.  Lara^  id,.  mJ!^^ 
g  -  'rA'I".'J'"'^  .l.^l'.^^r^^^^^^'-  ^"^  A'TaleV-^gyfAiTgflf^ 
Mlnet'tf.^Verch^;^  g;  llZr""'   .Tunt^^^SZ^  and  (with  Richard 


66 

Testimony  of  Gillian  Gunn 

Director  of  the  Cuba  Project 

Georgetown  University,  Washington  D.C, 

February  23,  1995 

House  Conmittee  on  International  Relations 

Subconvnittee  on  Western  Hemisphere 


The  policy  shifts  advocated  in  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  will 
damage  U.S.  interests  regarding  Cuba  whether  they  contribute  to 
Castro's  overthrow  or  not.  Equally  se'riously,  the  bills  will  hurt 
relations  with  important  allies,  may  well  trigger  a  coordinated 
European  campaign  against  U.S.  Cuba  policy,  and  will  erode  U.S. 
ability  to  influence  Russia's  nuclear  policy.  Furthermore,  the 
bills  will  isolate  the  United  States  at  the  United  Nations  and 
restrict  Washington's  ability  to  consolidate  a  more  amenable  Cuban 
government  should  political  change  come  to  Havana  in  the  future. 
Finally,  unlike  the  Torricelli  bill  which  tightened  the  embargo  on 
Cuba  in  1992,  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  have  no  "track  two" 
provision  to  relieve  the  suffering  of  the  Cuban  population  or 
enhance  their  ability  to  communicate  with  the  American  people.  This 
makes  it  easy  for  the  Castro  government  to  present  the  U.S.  as 
acting  with  callous  disregard  for  the  welfare  of  the  Cuban 
populous . 


67 


A)  If  Castro  Survives 

If  the  bills  are  passed,  they  will  probably  not  lead  to  the 
overthrow  of  Fidel  Castro.  Academic  fieldwork  conducted  on  the 
island  suggests  that  Cuba's  repressive  apparatus  is  still  efficient 
and  loyal,  and  the  ruling  group  remains  unified.  Should  economic 
conditions  on  the  island  deteriorate  significantly,  as  the  bills' 
sponsors  apparently  wish,  the  most  likely  result  will  be  a  lowering 
of  the  standard  of  living.  In  light  of  the  intense  repression 
facing  the  regime's  opponents,  the  population  will  probably  not 
respond  by  organizing  res'olt,  but  by  seeking  to  flee.  This  would 
lead  to  a  new  wave  of  rafters  trying  to  reach  the  United  States  in 
unseaworthy  vessels. 

Fidel  Castro  will  also  use  the  bills  to  revitalize  his 
"scapegoat  strategy,"  through  which  he  blames  Cuba's  economic  woes 
on  U.S.  policy.  This  argument  had  been  wearing  thin  with  the  Cuban 
people  in  the  early  1990s,  and  they  increasingly  held  the  Castro 
government  responsible  for  the  nation's  troubles.  Should  these  new 
bills  pass  the  scapegoat  argument  would  appear  far  more  credible  to 
the  ill-informed  Cuban  people. 

An  increase  in  out  migration  pressure  associated  with  a  further 
fall  in  the  stamdard  of  living  would  have  serious  consequences  for 
the  United  States.  If  Castro  concludes  he  cannot  control  the  flow 
without  regime-destabilizing  loss  of  life,  he  could  well  relax 
border  vigilance  as  he  did  in  August  1994.  U.S.  government  sources 
estimate  about  2  million  Cubans  wish  to  leave  the  island.  If  even 
a  fraction  of  these  seek  to  enter  the  U.S.  by  raft,  the  strain 


68 


placed  on  government  resources  will  be  horrendous,  and  the  problems 
at  Guantanamo  Naval  base  will  be  severely  exacerbated. 

B)  Guantanamo  Base 

The  current  situation  at  Guantanamo  is  already  bad  enough.  As 
of  14  February  1995  there  were  24,283  detainees  at  the  base,  and  an 
additional  2,089  awaiting  return  to  Guantanamo  from  Panama  by  March 
6.  Maintaining  these  detainees  is  costing  the  U.S.  tcixpayer 
approximately  $200  million  per  year. 

Each  of  the  policy  options  available  to  solve  the  Guantanamo 
crisis  has  severe  negative  side  effects,  both  in  terms  of  human 
rights  and  U.S.  interests.  If  the  numbers  of  detainees  increase 
following  another  surge  in  boat  people,  the  magnitude  of  the 
difficultly  will  grow. 

One  option  is  to  admit  the  detainees  into  the  United  States  on 
a  humanitarian  basis.  This  would  entail  significant  economic  costs 
in  social  services  and  resettlement  arrangements.  Such  a  policy 
could  also  exact  a  domestic  political  price.  Ant i- immigrant 
sentiment  is  growing  in  Florida,  as  reflected  in  the  state 
legislature's  consideration  of  a  bill  similar  to  California's 
Proposition  187.  The  support  for  Senator  Simpson's  proposal  to 
repeal  the  Cuban  Adjustment  Act  of  1966  underlines  this  anti- 
immigrant  mood  in  the  country  at  large.  Political  leaders  who  admit 
large  numbers  of  Cuban  refugees  could  well  find  themselves  paying 
for  that  act  of  generosity  at  the  ballot  box. 

Even  more  seriously,  a  decision  to  admit  the  Guantanamo 


69 


detainees  would  "re -magnetize"  the  U.S.  Many  Cubans  would  assume 
the  U.S.  had  returned  to  the  pre-August  1994  rules,  when  asylum  was 
provided  to  virtually  all  Cuban  refugees.  Cubans  would  either 
attempt  to  make  it  to  the  U.S.  on  rafts,  or  try  to  directly  enter 
the  U.S.  base  at  Guantanamo.  The  base  is  ringed  with  land  mines  and 
guarded  by  armed  U.S.  and  Cuban  soldiers.  An  effort  to  crash  the 
gates  would  present  a  major  safety  problem  both  for  U.S.  personnel 
and  for  the  refugees  themselves. 

A  second  option  is  to  send  the  Guantanamo  detainees  back  to 
Cuba,  and  have  them  apply  for  visas  via  the  new  system  estedjlished 
as  part  of  the  accord  that  ended  the  1994  migration  crisis.  (Under 
the  accord  Washington  only  accepts  visa  applications  at  the  U.S. 
Interests  Section  located  in  Havana.)  However,  the  vast  majority  of 
the  current  Guantanamo  detainees  do  not  have  the  requisite  family 
ties  to  qualify  for  visas  in  the  normal  way.  They  would  therefore 
be  competing  for  one  of  the  6,000  slots  per  year  distributed  on  the 
basis  of  a  lottery.  Over  200,000  Cubans  have  already  applied  for 
the  current  year's  quota  of  lottery  slots.  Therefore  the  likelihood 
that  the  Guantanamo  detainees  would  get  to  the  U.S.  via  this  route 
is  minimal. 

There  is  also  the  thorny  matter  of  convincing  the  detainees  to 
return  to  the  country  from  which  they  fled.  While  some  might  return 
if  their  welfare  were  monitored  by  a  trusted  group,  such  as  the 
Catholic  Church,  some  are  so  fearful  of  retribution  they  would 
physically  resist  repatriation.  The  distasteful  moral  inplications 
of  such  a  policy,  and  the  negative  response  it  would  elicit  from 


70 


important  sectors  of  the  U.S.  electorate,  also  have  to  be 
considered. 

One  variation  on  this  policy  is  the  suggestion  that  the  U.S. 
Interests  Section  establish  an  office  just  outside  the  Guantanamo 
base  in  Cuban  territory.  The  detainees  could  be  temporarily 
transported  to  the  office,  submit  their  applications  and  then 
return  to  the  base.  This  would  resolve  the  problem  of  forced 
repatriation,  but  in  light  of  the  large  numbers  of  visa 
applications  already  registered  with  the  Section,  only  a  very  small 
portion  of  the  detainees,  if  any  at  all,  would  be  able  to  enter  the 
U.S.  via  this  route. 

Another  option  is  to  simply  leave  the  detainees  in  Guantanamo 
indefinitely,  only  admitting  children  and  their  families,  elderly 
people  and  the  ill.  Indeed,  this  seems  to  be  the  policy  adopted  to 
date.  This  policy  has  serious  security  and  human  rights  flaws. 

First,  there  is  the  danger  of  riots.  The  December  1994  riots  at 
the  Panama  facilities  illustrated  that  these  detainees  are  capable 
of  inflicting  considerable  damage.  Since  children,  accompanying 
family  members  and  the  elderly  have  been  admitted  to  the  U.S.,  the 
population  in  Guantanamo  is  now  primarily  unaccompanied  males 
between  the  ages  of  25  and  45.  This  is  a  self -selected  group 
composed  of  individuals  with  sufficient  courage  and  audacity  to 
brave  dangerous  seas  in  1994.  Clearly,  these  are  conditions 
conducive  to  riots.  Since  the  U.S.  forces  received  serious  injuries 
at  the  hands  of  rioting  Cubans  in  Panama,  security  at  Guantanamo 
has  been  increased.  Should  a  disturbance  occur  now,  it  is  likely 


71 


that  detainees,  rather  than  U.S.  soldiers,  would  be  hurt. 

Second,  there  is  the  human  rights  difficulty.  By  what  right 
does  the  U.S.  hold  citizens  of  a  foreign  country  in  an  offshore 
naval  base?  What  portion  of  those  detainees  have  a  genuine  fear  of 
persecution  should  they  return  to  Cuba,  and  therefore  should  be 
eligible  for  political  asylum?  And  in  the  domestic  political 
sphere,  how  long  will  these  detainees'  U.S.  resident  relatives 
accept  what  they  term  "concentration  camp  conditions"? 

A  final  option  frequently  discussed  is  third  country  refuge. 
This  would  entail  convincing  other  countries  to  accept  the 
Guantanamo  refugees  either  for  permanent  resettlement,  or  for 
detention  in  canps.  Though  the  Clinton  administration  has  tried 
valiantly  to  convince  other  countries  to  accept  refugees  since 
August  last  year,  only  a  handful  have  been  resettled.  The  December 
riots  in  Panama  have  virtually  guaranteed  that  no  other  state  will 
wish  to  host  detention  facilities  on  its  soil. 

Clearly,  a  serious  policy  dilemma  is  presented  by  current 
conditions  at  Guantanamo.  If  the  U.S.  Congress  tightens  the  noose 
on  the  Cuban  economy  via  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills,  and  out- 
migration  pressure  grows,  the  difficulties  associated  with 
Guantanamo  will  increase  proportionately. 

C)  If  Castro  Is  Overthrown 

If  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  do  contribute  to  the  overthrow  of 
Fidel  Castro,  U.S.  interests  would  still  be  in  jeopardy.  A 
sufficient  portion  of  the  Cuban  military  is  likely  to  remain  loyal. 


72 


if  only  because  it  fears  retribution  at  the  hands  of  a  successor 
regime,  while  Castro's  support  has  radically  declined  over  the  last 
five  years,  at  least  10%  of  the  population  is  willing  to  defend  the 
regime.  Castro  has  made  elaborate  contingency  plans  for  such  an 
event,  and  will  not  go  without  a  fight.  The  violence  associated 
with  such  a  civil  conflict  would  increase  cut-migration  pressure  by 
an  order  of  magnitude,  destabilizing  not  only  the  state  of  Florida, 
but  also  other  nations  in  the  Caribbean.  It  is  entirely  plausible 
that  Cuban  Americans  with  U.S.  citizenship  would  go  to  the  island 
to  assist  the  rebels.  If  one  or  more  were  killed,  pressure  would 
build  on  the  President  to  authorize  U.S.  military  intervention. 
Long  standing  objections  to  U.S.  Cuba  policy  in  the  international 
community  would  make  it  nearly  impossible  to  build  multilateral 
support  for  such  a  measure.  The  tenacity,  training  and  equipment  of 
the  pro-Castro  faction  would  make  it  very  hard  to  stabilize  the 
situation.  The  inevitable  loss  of  U.S.  soldiers'  lives  would 
quickly  erode  U.S.  popular  support  for  the  intervention,  and 
Washington  would  be  stuck  with  a  domestically  unsustainable  foreign 
initiative. 

The  legacy  of  internecine  acrimony  and  nationalistic  resentment 
associated  with  such  civil  conflict  and  U.S.  intervention  would  not 
create  a  context  conducive  to  the  building  of  a  stable,  democratic 
Cuba.  As  illustrated  elsewhere,  political  change  brought  about  by 
violence  usually  begets  still  more  violence  and  polarization, 
rather  than  the  spirit  of  tolerance  and  mutual  understanding 
necessary  to  build  a  pluralistic  society. 


73 


So  even  if  the  framers  of  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  "won", 
U.S.  interests  would  suffer.  To  best  protect  U.S.  interests  and 
avoid  massive  out-migration  pressure,  the  U.S.  needs  to  facilitate 
a  "soft  landing"  in  Cuba,  with  precautions  taken  to  avoid  violence 
and  instability.  Nothing  in  the  pending  legislation  is  likely  to 
achieve  such  a  peaceful  end  to  the  Castro  era. 

D)  Damage  to  Relations  with  Western  Trading  Partners 

Apart  from  the  pending  legislation's  negative  impact  on  U.S. 
interests  regarding  Cuba,  the  bills  would  also  seriously  injure 
U.S.  relations  with  important  Western  trading  partners. 

The  legislation  denies  entry  to  the  United  States  of  any  alien 
deemed  to  have  trafficked  in  Cuba  properties  previously  confiscated 
from  U.S.  owners.  This  includes  corporate  officers,  principals  and 
shareholders  of  the  companies  involved,  as  well  as  their  family 
members.  The  bills  also  make  the  U.S.  property  of  such  individuals 
subject  to  civil  suit  by  the  original  U.S.  owner,  and  prohibit 
loans  or  credit  facilities  to  those  who  have  invested  in 
confiscated  properties.  Finally,  the  legislation  bans  importation 
into  the  U.S.  of  sugar,  syrups  or  molasses  that  are  the  product  of 
a  country  which  has  inserted  such  items  from  Cuba. 

These  measures  are  eliciting  a  strong  negative  reaction  from 
important  U.S.  trade  partners.  They  are  considered  extra- 
territorial and  a  violation  of  sovereignty.  Some  trading  partners 
believe  the  provisions  violate  both  NAFTA  and  GATT,  and  may  well 
use  the  mechanisms  in  those  trade  agreements  to  lodge  complaints 


74 


against  the  U.S. 

Furthermore,  the  bills  could  galvanize  Europe  into  unified 
opposition  to  the  U.S.  policy  regarding  Cuba.  According  to  European 
sources,  for  some  time  the  European  Community  (EC)  has  considered 
establishing  a  formal  cooperation  agreement  with  Cuba.  A  few 
European  countries  had  been  reluctant  to  support  the  idea,  both  out 
of  concern  over  human  rights  violations  in  Cuba,  and  due  to  respect 
for  U.S.  views  on  the  matter.  If  the  bills  were  to  pass,  European 
sources  say  these  countries  may  well  become  so  angry  they  put  these 
concerns  aside  and  support  the  cooperation  agreement.  A  number  of 
European  groups  have  already  made  representations  to  their  own 
governments,  to  Washington  and  to  the  EC. 

Canada  is  also  concerned.  On  February  10,  the  day  after  the 
Helms  Bill  was  presented  to  the  press,  Canada  sought  formal 
consultations  with  the  U.S.  under  the  NAFTA  agreement  on  a  related 
matter.  "We  have  concerns  with  a  number  of  measures  taken  by  the 
United  States  which  have  reduced  Canada's  access  to  the  U.S.  market 
for  sugar  and  sugar- containing  products,"  Agriculture  Minister 
Ralph  Goodale  said  in  a  news  release.  The  representation  involves 
a  trade  dispute  pre-dating  the  introduction  of  the  Helms  bill,  but 
the  Cuba- related  provisions  are  now  likely  to  be  included. 

According  to  the  latest  statistics  available,  which  cover  1993, 
fourteen  countries  both  purchase  sugar  from  Cuba  and  sell  sugar  to 
the  U.S.  They  are  Belgium,  Canada,  China,  Denmark,  Finland,  France, 
Germany,  Italy,  Japan,  Netherlands,  Portugal,  Spain,  Sweden  and  the 
United  Kingdom.  In  1993  they  collectively  bought  $187.7  million 


75 


worth  of  sugar  from  Cuba,  and  sold  $352.9  million  worth  of  sugar  to 
the  U.S.  If  the  U.S.  cancelled  orders  from  these  countries,  and  had 
to  go  elsewhere  for  supplies,  the  cost  of  sugar  could  well  go  up 
somewhat,  inadvertently  aiding  Cuba.  Furthermore,  some  of  these 
countries  might  retaliate  by  refusing  to  purchase  sugar  from  the 
U.S.  after  Washington  cut  purchases  from  them.  One  country 
boycotted  by  the  U.S.  could  purchase  sugar  from  another  country 
boycotted  by  the  U.S.,  helping  each  other  solve  the  problems 
presented  by  the  Helms  bill  and  punishing  the  U.S.  for  perceived 
extra-territoriality.  All  but  two  of  the  countries  involved 
imported  sugar  from  the  U.S.  in  1993,  their  total  purchases 
amounting  to  $257.1  million.  The  biggest  buyers  were  Canada  ($172.1 
million),  Japan  ($45  million)  and  the  United  Kingdom  ($15.1 
million) .  Any  significant  decline  in  purchases  of  U.S.  sugar  would 
hurt  the  U.S.  sugar  industry. 

Another  unintended  consequence  of  the  legislation  could  be 
plant  closures  in  the  United  States.  A  foreign  firm  deemed  to  be 
investing  in  a  confiscated  U.S.  property  in  Cuba  could  find  itself 
unable  to  maintain  a  U.S.  facility  under  the  twin  pressures  of 
civil  suits  and  lack  of  credit  facilities.  Closure  of  such 
enterprises  could  lead  to  unemployment  in  certain  areas,  clearly 
not  the  intent  of  the  bill . 

E)  Erosion  of  U.S.  Ability  to  Influence  Russia's  Nuclear  Policy 

The  pending  legislation  requires  the  President  to  deduct  an 
amount  from  U.S.  assistance  to  Russia  equal  to  the  funds  Russia 


76 


pays  to  Cuba  for  use  of  the  intelligence  facility  at  Lourdes,  Cuba. 
The  payment  is  estimated  at  $200  million.  Since  the  current  U.S. 
aid  to  Russia  is  $379  million,  this  would  cut  U.S.  aid  to  Russia  by 
more  than  half.  Moscow  says  it  needs  the  Lourdes  facility  to 
monitor  U.S.  compliance  with  nuclear  accords,  and  claims  it  is 
equivalent  to  U.S.  listening  posts  located  in  Turkey  and  other 
states  close  to  Russia. 

Apart  from  the  damage  caused  to  Russia's  economic  stabilization 
efforts,  the  aid  cut  would  also  diminish  U.S.  leverage  with  Moscow 
at  the  very  time  when  concern  is  rising  about  Russia's  nuclear 
collaboration  with  countries  unfriendly  toward  the  United  States . 
The  latest  report  of  possible  nuclear  cooperation  with  Iran  is 
particularly  alarming.  It  seems  unwise  to  curtail  influence  with  a 
country  possessing  advanced  nuclear  technology  in  order  to  pressure 
a  small  state  that  is  no  longer  threatening  the  U.S.  militarily. 

F)  Isolation  of  the  U.S.  at  United  Nations 

The  bills  call  for  the  President  to  instruct  the  U.S.  Permanent 
Representative  to  the  United  Nations  to  seek,  in  the  Security 
Council,  an  international  embargo  against  Cuba  similar  to  that 
imposed  on  Haiti  under  Cedras.  Such  a  move  would  embarrass  and 
isolate  the  United  States.  When  the  General  Assembly  voted  on  the 
Cuban  embargo  last  year  the  U.S.  policy  received  the  lowest  level 
of  support  recorded  to  date,  and  only  Israel  voted  with  Washington. 
It  is  virtually  certain  that  the  Security  Council  would 
energetically  reject  any  effort  to  make  the  embargo  a  multilateral 


77 


measure . 

In  fact,  Buch  a  campaign  could  actually  backfire  and  generate 
additional  support  for  Cuba's  U.N.  resolutions  against  the  embargo. 
In  the  past,  U.S.  allies  have  tended  to  abstain  from  such  votes.  If 
the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  pass,  anger  about  the  extra-territorial 
provisions  could  well  shift  abstainers  into  the  "yes"  column.  In 
addition,  Cuba  would  have  a  heaven-sent  opportunity  to  play  on  the 
sympathies  of  small  countries  fearful  of  the  power  of  large  states, 
garnering  still  more  votes  for  its  anti-embargo  resolutions. 

Instead  of  widening  support  for  U.S.  policy  regarding  Cuba,  the 
provisions  of  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  would  publicize 
Washington's  isolation,  and  hand  a  propaganda  victory  to  Castro. 
They  would  be  a  metaphorical  "own  goal,  "  the  equivalent  of  a  soccer 
player  inadvertently  kicking  the  ball  through  his  own  team's  goal 
posts,  handing  the  other  side  a  free  point. 

G)  Restriction  of  U.S.  Ability  to  Consolidate  A  Transition 
Government 

The  bills  lay  out  such  precise  criteria  for  an  acceptable 
transition  government  they  restrict  Washington's  ability  to 
facilitate  peaceful  change  in  Cuba. 

The  bills  describe  steps  a  transition  government  must  take  to 
be  eligible  for  U.S.  assistance.  Though  many  of  the  criteria  are 
entirely  reasonable,  such  as  release  of  all  political  prisoners, 
others  are  problematic.  For  example,  the  bills  require  such  a 
government  to  make  a  commitment  to  reinstate  the  citizenship  of 


78 


Cuban  bom  nationals  returning  to  Cuba  and  to  establish  a  currency 
that  is  fully  convertible  domestically  and  internationally.  Both 
are  sensitive  measures  which  an  otherwise  well-intentioned 
transition  government  might  well  be  reluctant  to  adopt,  or  which 
might  threaten  the  cohesion  of  a  delicately-balanced  coalition. 

Seldom  has  the  sort  of  ideal  democratic  system  described  in  the 
bills  emerged  direct  from  dictatorship  elsewhere  in  the  world. 
Usually  there  is  a  messy  period  of  compromise  and  coalition 
building.  By  setting  such  high  standards,  Washington  may  be 
prevented  from  consolidating  an  imperfect  transition  mechanism 
which  nonetheless  is  the  most  democratic  option  likely  to  emerge 
from  the  political  circumstances  of  the  day.  Failure  to  stabilize 
the  imperfect  transition  government  could  then  permit  a  less 
attractive  option  to  emerge  victorious  from  the  race  for  power.  The 
old  aphorism,  "The  perfect  is  the  enemy  of  the  good, "  certainly 
applies  to  this  portion  of  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills. 

H)  Why  No  Track  Two? 

Unlike  the  Torricelli  bill,  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  have  no 
provisions  to  increase  communication  with  or  relieve  the  suffering 
of  the  Cuban  people,  also  known  as  "track  two."  This  is  a  serious 
flaw.  Inclusion  of  a  track  two  in  the  Torricelli  bill,  specifically 
the  authorization  of  direct  phone  service  and  endorsement  of 
certain  types  of  humanitarian  assistance  to  Cuban  NGOs,  made  it 
harder  for  Castro  to  claim  that  the  bill  was  intended  to  hurt  the 
Cuban  people. 


79 


The  Helms  and  Burton  bills  would  be  enhanced  by  addition  of  a 
comparable  track  two.  The  most  logical  option  would  be  to  build  on 
the  groundwork  already  established  in  the  Torricelli  bill, 
particularly  in  the  area  of  NGO  assistance.  As  detailed  in  the 
attached  essay,  there  are  a  small  number  of  genuine  NGOs  in  Cuba, 
and  a  larger  number  of  groups  which  have  links  to  government  but 
have  also  displayed  a  degree  of  independence.  These  are  termed 
semi-NGOs  for  ease  of  reference.  There  are  also  NGOs  which  function 
purely  as  fronts  for  government  ministries . 

Fieldwork  described  in  the  attached  essay  has  illustrated  that 
in  some  cases  outside  assistance  has  strengthened  the  ability  of 
semi-NGOs  to  act  independently  from  the  state.  On  the  other  hand, 
outside  aid  has  been  used  by  other  NGO's  simply  to  strengthen  the 
government's  hand.  A  coalition  of  European  NGOs  has  adopted  a  new 
strategy  to  cope  with  this  problem.  They  intend  to  distribute  a 
small  amount  of  funds  to  many  NGOs,  including  those  which  appear  to 
be  government  fronts.  The  outside  funders  will  then  return  a  year 
later  and  evaluate  how  the  recipients  have  used  the  funds.  Those 
which  used  the  donation  to  become  more  independent  will  be  given 
additional  resources,  and  those  which  did  not  will  be  denied 
additional  financing. 

When  asked  about  this  strategy  in  an  interview  last  year,  the 
Catholic  Bishop  of  Santiago  said,  "It  is  important  that  a  space  be 
created  in  Cuba,  a  no  man's  land  where  one  can  do  things  without 
having  to  declare  oneself  for  or  against  the  state.  The  more  the  no 
man's  land  grows,  the  better.  This  strategy  would  expand  that 


80 


space."  Cuban  dissident  Gustavo  Arcos  was  similarly  questioned 
about  the  approach.  He  remarked,  "It  is  worth  running  the  risk  of 
aiding  false  NGOs .  It  would  be  an  investment  in  Cuba's  future  civil 
society,  and  in  any  investment  there  is  risk."  More  detailed 
information  both  about  Cuban  NGOs  and  this  donation  strategy  is 
contained  in  the  attached  essay. 

If  the  Helms  and  Burton  bills  were  to  add  language  facilitating 
U.S.  donations  to  Cuban  NGOs,  either  along  the  lines  of  the  above 
strategy  or  in  some  other  manner,  three  goals  would  be  achieved. 
First,  the  space  available  for  civil  society  would  be  somewhat 
enlarged.  Second,  contact  between  the  U.S.  and  Cuban  people  would 
expand.  Third,  the  bills  would  demonstrate  that  the  U.S.  Congress 
opposes  only  the  government  of  Cuba,  and  is  attempting  to 
ameliorate  the  suffering  of  the  Cuban  people  through  humanitarian 
assistance. 


Biographical  Information:  Since  January  1992  Gillian  Gunn  has  been 
the  Director  of  the  Georgetown  University  Cuba  Project,  located  in 
Washington  D.C.  She  previously  worked  on  Cuba  at  the  Carnegie 
Endowment  for  International  Peace,  and  as  a  Senior  Fellow  in  the 
AfVican  Studies  department  of  the  Center  for  Strategic  and 
International  Studies,  both  Washington  D.C. -based  institutions.  Her 
most  recent  publication  is  "Cuba's  New  NGOs:  Government  Puppets  or 
Seeds  of  Civil  Society?",  published  by  the  Georgetown  University 
Cuba  Briefing  Paper  Series  in  February  1995.  Among  her  other  work 
on  Cuba  is  the  1993  book  Cuba  in  Transition  -  Options  tOX  U.S.. 
Policy,  published  by  the  20th  Century  Fund. 


81 


TESTIMONY  OF  THE  HONORABLE  OTTO  J.  REICH 
PRESIDENT,  US-CUBA  BUSINESS  COUNCIL 

HOUSE  COMMITTEE  ON  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 
WESTERN  HEMISPHERE  SUB-COMxVUTTEE 
FEBRUARY  23,  1995 


CUBA:  COMMERCIAL,  LEGAL  AND  POLITICAL  RISK 


Recent  press  stories  speculate  that  Cuba  is  "Open  for  Business."   Canadian, 
Mexican  and  European  businessmen  are  allegedly  rushing  in.     Fidel  Castro  says  that 
foreign  firms  are  gobbling  up  so  many  sweetheart  deals  that  soon  "there  won't  be  a 
grain  of  sand  left  for  [US  companies]." 

Lest  uninformed  US  companies  be  seduced  by  such  false  claims,  they  need  to 
know  that  such  commercial  anxiety  attacks  are  unwarranted.   When  a  stable, 
democratic  and  market-oriented  Cuba  opens  the  door  to  genuine  economic 
development  and  commercial  opportunity,  US  companies  will  be  second  to  none  in 
gaining  access  to  a  market  of  II  million  people  only  90  miles  from  our  shores  eager  to 
obtain  familiar  US-brand  goods  and  services.     However,  until  that  happens  any  firm 
participating  in  Castro's  firesale  of  assets  is  building  on  economic  and  political 
quicksand. 

Cuba's  gross  national  product  has  declined  by  more  than  60  percent  since  1989. 
The  reason  for  Cuba's  relentless  economic  decline  is  simple.   Confronted  with  the 
elimination  of  subsidies  from  the  former  Soviet  bloc,  the  Castro  regime  failed  to 
provide  the  most  basic  freedoms  and  incentives  necessary  for  domestic  enterprises  to 
grow  and  people  to  work. 

There  is  ample  evidence  to  demonstrate  that  the  commercial  environment  in 
Cuba  is  a  chamber  of  horrors.     Basic  conditions  necessary  for  successful  commercial 
activity  in  Cuba  which  are  rejected  by  the  current  Cuban  government  include: 


82 


♦  Rule  of  Law.  Contract  Sanctity  and  Due  Process.    The  Cuban  constitution 
vests  in  the  State  exclusive  control  over  all  economic  activity.    The  Cuban  government 
frequently  exercises  its  authority  to  control  all  means  of  production  on  the  island  and 
consumes  any  profits  from  them.    Military  elites  have  taken  over  Cuba's  tourism 
construction,  hotel  management,  agriculture  and  other  industries  while  Cuba's  160,000 
"self-employed"  workers  are  banned  from  forming  private  businesses  and  face  stiff 
prison  sentences  if  they  are  deemed  "unduly  wealthy"  [Decree  Law  149]  by  the  Cuban 
government.   Government  penalties  against  such  economic  activity  are  not  subject  to 
judicial  review. 


*  Protection  of  Property  Rights.  The  Cuban  government  does  not  recognize  the 
concept  of  private  property.     Pursuant  to  Article  14  of  Cuba's  constitution,  the  state 
controls  ownership  of  all  "fundamental  means  of  production."   Cuban  law  defines  no 
limit  on  "socialist  ownership"  and  authorizes  monopolistic  state  control  over  domestic 
assets.    Cuban  law  prohibits  Cuban  citizens  from  owning  or  investing  in  private 
property.   Foreign  firms  are  effectively  precluded  from  obtaining  majority  share  of 
joint  venture  operations  and  must  secure  permission  from  the  Cuban  government  to 
engage  in  any  business  fransaction.   In  practice,  the  only  mechanism  for  resolving 
commercial  or  contractual  disputes  available  to  a  foreign  entity  involves  recourse  to  a 
Cuban  govermnent  forum  accountable  to  the  Cuban  Communist  Party.     Thus,  under 
Cuban  statutory  and  Constitutional  law,  domestic  and  foreign  investors  in  Cuba  are 
unable  to  secure  legal  title  to  assets  on  the  island. 

The  Cuban  government  provides  no  constitutional  or  statutory  protection  to 
foreign  investors  against  expropriation  without  due  process  and  just  compensation. 
Therefore,  Cuba  presents  an  unacceptable  expropriation  risk  for  investors. 

Respect  for  property  rights  is  a  particularly  important  factor  in  U.S. -Cuba 
relations  because  of  the  Cuban  govermnent's  confiscation  of  properties  owned  by  some 
5,911  companies  and  individuals  valued  at  $1.8  billion  (in  1960  dollars  and  $5.6 
billion  including  6  percent  simple  interest.   By  comparison  US  claims  against  Vietnam 
totalled  only  some  $300  million).   This  action  by  the  Cuban  government  was  a  primary 
basis  for  the  U.S.  government's  decision  to  impose  an  embargo  against  Cuba  in 
February  1962.   Recent  confiscations  of  foreign  investments  by  the  Cuban  government, 
(for  example,  the  takeover  of  the  successfiil  Havana  Club  discotheque  from  Spanish 
joint  venture  partners)  and  Cuba's  failure  to  meet  joint  venture  commitments  for 
supplies  and  infrastructure  improvements  pose  significant  economic  risks  for  investors. 
The.  Cuban  government  has  also  failed  to  inform  numerous  prospective  investors  about 
joint  venture  proposals  involving  stolen  properties. 


83 


♦  Secure  Money  and  Capital  Rq)atriation.   The  Cuban  government  subjects 
foreign  investors  to  severe  fmancial  losses  when  converting  investments  into  the 
domestic  currency.      Cuba  requires  investors  to  make  their  investments  at  the  official 
peso/dollar  exchange  rate  of  1:1.    Given  that  the  market  value  of  the  peso  equals  less 
than  .02  US$,  Cuba  presents  an  expensive  investment  environment.   The  Cuban 
government  also  requires  payment  of  taxes  and  duties  in  convertible  ciurency  valued  at 
the  official  exchange  rate. 

Moreover,  the  Cuban  government  caimot  ensure  that  it  will  be  willing  or  able  to 
convert  peso-denominated  investment  earnings  into  US  dollars  a  rate  of  1:1  at  any 
future  date.   On  May  2  1994,  the  Cuban  National  Assembly  authorized  the  Cuban 
govenmient  to  freeze  bank  deposits  of  Cuban  residents  and  mandate  conversion  into 
Cuban  government  bonds.    The  Cuban  government  would  define  the  peso  value  of  the 
bonds.   The  resulting  valuation  may  indirectly  constitute  a  severe  devaluation  of  the 
Cuban  peso. 

Cuba  provides  no  statutory  or  constitutional  guarantee  to  investors  that  they  will 
be  allowed  to  repatriate  capital.     The  Cuban  government  has  confiscated  the  bank 
deposits  of  numerous  domestic  and  international  investors  without  due  process  or 
compensation. 

Cuba's  lack  of  capital  markets,  equity  commercial  or  foreign  banks  or  access  to 
official  or  commercial  credit  impedes  the  development  of  domestic  enterprises  and 
joint  ventures  and  contributes  significantly  to  material  and  economic  risk  in  Cuba. 
Meanwhile,  the  international  lending  window  has  been  closed  to  Cuba  due  to  its 
default  on  some  $8  billion  in  outstanding  loans  to  international  creditors  (not  including 
debt  to  the  former  Soviet  bloc).     Institutional  Investor's  1994  country  credit  rating 
ranks  Cuba  126th  among  all  nations,  behind  Albania,  Ethiopia  and  Iraq  as  a  credit  risk. 
Multilateral  agency  officials  and  international  economists  advising  the  Cuban 
government  acknowledge  that  Cuba  has  not  implemented  the  monetary,  fiscal  and 
institutional  reforms  necessary  to  gain  access  to  international  lending  facilities  and 
initiate  advances  toward  economic  stability. 


*  Consistent  and  Uniformlv-appUed  Commercial  Laws.   The  current  Cuban 
Government  has  frequently  revoked  economic  liberalization  measures  without  notice 
involving  property  ownership,  taxation,  commercial  transactions  and  foreign  investment 
policies,  and  has  subjected  foreign  investors  and  domestic  workers  to  arbitrary  state 
actions  without  legal  recourse  or  financial  redress.    Upon  assuming  power  in  1959,  the 
current  Cuban  government  eliminated  laws  which  provided  equal  protection  to 
domestic  and  foreign  investors  to  possess  properties  and  engage  in  any  form  of 


84 


industry  or  commerce. 

This  discriminatory  practice  by  the  Cuban  government  precludes  domestic 
commercial  development  on  the  island  and  severely  limits  trade  and  investment 
opportunities  for  foreign  investors.     Such  denial  of  commercial  development  and  equal 
treatment  under  law  materially  contributes  to  the  substantial  economic  and  political  risk 
of  trade  and  investment  in  Cuba.   The  Cuban  Government  does  not  permit  the  hiring 
of  employees  by  Cuban  entrepreneurs,  the  creation  of  formal  business  associations  or 
other  essential  elements  of  a  private  business  sector. 


*  Basic  Labor  Rights.   Cuba  is  in  violation  of  International  Labor  Organization 
Conventions  against  forced  labor  [Conventions  29  and  105  and  the  UN  Universal 
Declaration  on  Human  Rights,  Article  23],  child  labor  [Convention  138],  prohibitions 
against  trade  unions  [ILO  Conventions  87  and  98],  violations  of  International  Labor 
Organization  conventions  on  the  use  of  forced  labor  [Convention  No.  29  and  105],  and 
employment  discrimination  [Convention  No.  111].   Cuba  requires  investors  to  hire 
employees  through  the  Cuban  Govonmait's  national  employment  agency  (Empleadora 
Nacional)  which  dictates  labor  costs  to  investors  as  well  as  employee  wage  rates  and 
job  selection. 

Accordingly,  Cubans  paid  in  pesos  at  a  peso/dollar  rate  of  1:1  are  subjected  to 
wage  confiscation  (the  market  value  of  the  peso  is  between  80  and  60  to  1  US$)  and 
labor  fees  on  foreign  investors  are  comparatively  expensive.   For  example,  Cuban 
government  agencies  controlling  labor  inputs,  charge  foreign  hotel  operators  some 
US$400  per  month  for  each  Cuban  worker  while  paying  Cuban  workers  less  than  400 
pesos  a  month  (roughly  $5  US  dollars). 


Recognizing  this  bleak  commercial  landscape,  Ae  Heritage  Foundation's 
recently  published  Index  of  Economic  Freedom  (which  ranks  nations  based  on  the 
level  of  economic  freedom  in  such  categories  as  property  rights,  foreign  investment, 
taxation,  trade  and  monetary  policy)  ranks  Cuba  as  the  second  most  repressed  economy 
in  the  world,  after  fellow  Cold  War  holdover  North  Korea. 


Recent  "Foreign  Investment"  Activity.   Several  "foreign  investments" 
frequently  touted  as  success  stories  by  Cuba  trade  proponents  have  failed  to 
materialize.    Total  Petroleum,  rather  than  pursuing  oil  exploration  in  Cuba  has  folded 
its  operations.   Unilever,  a  British-Dutch  concern,  backed  out  of  a  joint  venture  with 
Cuban  soap  concern  Suchel  after  being  informed  by  Procter  and  Gamble  that  the  deal 


85 


involved  Procter  and  Gamble's  stolen  property.   Given  the  Cuban  government's  track 
record  in  commercial  dealings  it  should  surprise  no  one  that  Euromoney's  1994 
country  risk  report  ranks  Cuba  behind  Somalia  as  the  worst  investment  risk  in  the 
world. 


No  Cash  on  Hand.   The  handful  of  firms  willing  to  brave  the  considerable 
commercial  and  political  risks  in  Cuba  must  also  contend  with  the  fact  that  Cuba  does 
not  have  the  cash  to  buy  foreign  goods.   Cuban  officials  acknowledge  that  more  than 
three-fourths  of  Cuban  citizens  make  under  $200  pesos,  or,  at  the  real  peso-dollar 
exchange  rate,  less  than  $3  US  dollars  per  month.   Cuba's  total  hard  currency  reserves 
have  dwindled  to  less  than  $60  miUion  and  total  export  earnings  last  year  barely 
reached  $1.7  billion  -  right  behind  Bangladesh  and  Sri  Lanka.    Even  essential  inputs, 
such  as  fertilizer,  for  Cuba's  declining  sugar  crop  are  beyond  Castro's  reach. 

Upon  closer  examination,  the  few  highly  publicized  "big-money  deals"  in  Cuba 
are  structured  to  avoid,  rather  than  encourage,  foreign  investment.     In  order  to  limit 
commercial  risks,  foreign  fums  considering  entry  into  Cuba  have  opted  for 
management  contracts  devised  to  avoid  actual  cash  investment  in  operations  on  the 
island,  which,  in  many  cases,  involve  the  illegal  use  of  confiscated  US  property.   In 
1992,  actual  cash  investment  in  Cuba  -  minus  aU  the  rhetorical  fluff  about  "non- 
binding  letters  of  intent"  and  other  promises  to  consider  ftiture  deals  —  totalled  less 
than  $50  miUion,  or  less  than  25  percent  of  the  foreign  direct  investment  total  for  1992 
in  that  economic  powerhouse  Nicaragua. 

Similarly,  recently  announced  Mexican  ventures,  which  have  yet  to  be 
implemented,  such  as  the  telecommunications  agreement  between  the  Mexican  firm, 
Grupo  Domos,  and  the  Cuban  state  telephone  company,  would  use  forgiveness  of  some 
$200  million  of  Cuban  debt  to  Mexico  as  a  substitute  for  foreign  investment.    Unless 
Mexico  finds  an  investor  with  deep  pockets  to  provide  technology  and  resources  which 
Grupo  Domos  is  currently  unwilling  to  commit  on  its  own,  this  proposed  venture  will 
join  a  growing  list  of  commercial  failures  on  the  island.   Plans  by  Mexpetrol  and  the 
construction  fum,  ICA,  to  upgrade  Cuba's  Cienfuegos  oil  refmery  have  been  shelved, 
and  several  Mexican  ventures  operating  in  Cuba  including,  a  juice-bottling  firm  Del 
Valle.  and  a  packaging  firm.  La  Magdalena,  have  recently  been  suspended. 

Thus,  the  sum  total  of  "big  money  deals"  in  Cuba  envisioned  by  Cuba  trade 
proponents  involve  Mexican  attempts  to  write-off  $350  milbon  in  Cuban  debt  and  a 
firesale  of  Cuban  mineral  deposits  to  Canadian  and  Australian  firms. 


86 


The  Moral  Case  Against  Investment  in  Cuba.   The  most  compelling  case 
against  commercial  involvement  by  these  firms  in  Cuba  is  not  economic  but  moral. 
Putting  aside  the  substantial  economic  risk  of  investment  in  today's  Cuba,  companies 
doing  business  on  the  island  through  the  use  of  confiscated  property  are,  in  effect, 
trafficking  in  stolen  property.    More  fimdamentalty,  the  Cuban  government  is  engaged 
in  a  broad  pattern  of  human  rights  abuses  which  directly  impact  trade  and  investment 
activity.       The  corresponding  atmosphere  of  resentment  and  economic  instabibty 
ensures  that  companies  in  Cuba  today  jeopardize  their  long-term  access  to  a 
democratic,  market-oriented  Cuba. 

Well-documented,  systematic  human  rights  abuses  by  the  Cuban  government 
include:  International  Labor  Organization  conventions  on  the  use  of  forced  labor  and 
right  to  organize  [see  "Labor  Rights,"  above];  denial  of  freedom  of  speech  and  press 
(Violation  of  The  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLE  19).  denial  of  the  right 
to  freely  assemble  (Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLE  20) 
denial  basic  civil  liberties  (Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights 
ARTICLE  1 1);  Arbitrary  Arrest,  Detention,  and  Exile  (Violation  of  the  U.N. 
Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLE  1 1);  denial  of  equal  protection  under  the  law 
(Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLES  8,  10,  &  11);  denial 
of  freedom  of  movement  (Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Himian  Rights 
ARTICLES  13,  14,  15);  political  killings  and  disappearances  (Violation  of  the  U.  N. 
Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLES  3,  5,  7,  8,  9,  10,  and  1 1);  torture  and  cruel 
punishment  (Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLE  5);  illegal 
searches  and  seizures  (Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLE 
12);  religious  repression  (Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights 
ARTICLES  2  and  8);  forced  labor  (Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights 
ARTICLES  4  and  23);  denial  of  property  rights  (Violation  of  the  UN.  Declaration  of 
Human  Rights  ARTICLE  17);  denial  of  democratic  principles  (Violation  of  the  U.N. 
Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLE  21);  denial  of  freedom  of  education  (Violation 
of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLE  26);  and,  denial  of  freedom  of 
cultural  activity  (Violation  of  the  U.N.  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  ARTICLE  27). 


Political  and  Commercial  Risk  in  Cuba.  There  are  practical  implications  in 
this  moral  tragedy  which  foreign  firms  considering  the  Cuban  market  must  confront. 
Harsh  repressive  measures  by  the  Cuban  government  against  its  citizens  and  the  denial 
of  domestic  access  to  goods,  services  and  commercial  arrangements  reserved  for 
foreign  tourists  and  investors  have  increased  the  potential  for  reprisals  by  the  domestic 
population  against  foreign  companies  operating  in  Cuba.     During  the  August  5,  1994 
uprising  in  Havana,  protestors  vented  their  friistration  at  dollar-stores  and  foreign 
operated  hotels  which  are  off-limits  to  Cuban  citizens.   Similarly,  a  May  1992  open 


87 


letter  to  foreign  investors  endorsed  by  eleven  Cuban  exile  groups  which  "hope  to  play 
a  role  in  creating  a  new  republic  in  a  post-Castro  Cuba"  asserted  that  "[foreign] 
investments  made  in  Cuba  under  the  present  circumstances  should  not  benefit  from  any 

laws  passed  by  a  future  Cuban  government  for  the  protection  of  private  property 

We  feel  that  these  investments  should  be  considered  as  state  property  and  disposed  of 
accordingly." 

Could  a  multinational  frnn,  particularly  a  labor-intensive  industry,  ignore  such 
unpleasant  reahties  in  Cuba  without  courting  disaster?     The  answer  is  no  and  the 
reason  is  simple  -   good  corporate  citizenship  is  good  business  for  firms  seeking  long- 
term  conunercial  success  in  Cuba. 

I  do  not  believe  that  American  companies  would  want  to  do  business  in  Cuba 
under  current  circumstances.   They  realize  that  the  best  hope  for  the  economic 
reconstruction  of  Cuba  lies  in  the  restoration  of  democracy,  respect  for  human  rights, 
private  property  and  individual  initiative  which  the  current  government  of  Cuba  denies 
to  its  citizens.    It  is  my  firm  belief  that  the  few  foreign  companies  that  are  doing 
business  in  Cuba  today  are  making  a  bad  business  and  moral  decision. 


88 


THE  CUBAN  AMERICAN  NATIONAL  FOUNDATION 

1000  Thomas  Jefferson  Street,  N.W.,  Suite  601 

Washington,  D.C.  20007 

(202) 265-2822 


CUBA'S  HALL  OF  SHAME 

Corporations  and  companies  identified  in  the  international  press  as  liax'ing  entered  into 
commercial  and  business  dealings  with  the  Castro  regime  or  were  reported  to  be  in  business 
discussions  with  Cuban  officials. 


AUSTRALIA 

Western  Mining  Corp. 

AUSTRIA 

Rogner  Group  (Tourism) 

BRAZIL 

Andrade  Gutierrez  Perforacao  (Oil) 
Coco  Heavy  Equipment  Factory  (Sugar) 
Petrobras  SA.  (Oil) 

CANADA 

Advanced  Laboratories  (Manufacturing) 

Anglers  Petroleum  International 

Bow  Valley  Industries  Ltd.  (Oil) 

Canada  Northwest  Energy  Ltd.  (Oil) 

Caribgold  Resources  Inc.  (Mining) 

Commonwealth  Hospitality  Ltd.  (Tourism) 

Delta  Hotels  (Tourism) 

Extel  Financial  Ltd. 

Fermount  Resources  Inc.  (Oil) 

Fortuna  Petroleum 

Fracmaster  (Oil) 

Globafon 

Havana  House  Cigar  and  Tobacco  Ltd.  (Cigars) 

Heath  and  Sherwood  (Oil) 

Hola  Cuba 

Holmer  Goldmines 

Inco  Ltd.  (Mining) 

Joutel  Resources  (Mining) 

LaBatt  International  Breweries 

Marine  Atlantic  Consultant  (Shipping) 


MacDonalds  Mines  Exploration 

Metall  Mining 

Mill  City  Gold  Mining  Corp. 

Miramar  Mining  Corp.     (Minera  Mantua) 

Pizza  Nova  (Tourism) 

Realstar  Group  (Tourism) 

Republic  Goldfields 

Sontres-Caribe  (Mining) 

Sherril  Inc.  (Mining) 

Talisman  Energy  Inc. 

Teck  (Mining) 

Toronto  Communications 

Val  d'Or  (Mining) 

Wings  of  the  World  (Tourism) 

CHILE 

Dolphin  Shoes  (Clothing) 

Ingelco  S.A.  (Citrus) 

Latinexim  (Food/Tourism) 

New  World  Fruit 

Pole  SJi.  (Citrus) 

Santa  Ana  (Food/Tourism) 

Santa  Cruz  Real  Estate  (Tourism) 

COLOMBIA 

SAM  (an  Avianca  co.)(Tourism) 

Intercontinental  Airlines 

Representadones  Agudelo  (Sporting  Goods) 

ECUADOR 

Caney  Corp.  (Export  of  Cuba  rum) 


89 


CHINA 

Neuke  (Manufacturing) 

Union  de  Companentcs  Indiistriales  Cuba-China 

DOMICAN  REPUBLIC 

Import-Export  SA  (Manufacturing) 
Meridiano  (Tourism) 

FRANCE 

Accord  (Tourism) 

Alcatel  (Telecommunications) 

Babcock  (Machinery) 

Bourgoin  (Oil) 

Compagnie  Europeene  des  Petroles  (Oil) 

Devexport  (Machinery) 

Fives  Lille  (Machinery) 

Geopetrol 

Geoservice  (Oil) 

Jetalson  (Construction) 

Maxims  (Cigars-  owned  by  Pierre  Cardin) 

OFD  (Oil) 

OM  (Tourism) 

Pernod      Ricard      Group      (Beverages/Tourism 

Industry) 

Pierre  Cardin 

Pompes  Guinard  (Machinery) 

Societe  Nationale  des  Tabacs  (Seita)  (Tobacco) 

Sucres  et  Donrees  (Sugar) 

Thompson  (Air  Transport) 

Total  (Oil) 

Tour  Mont  Royal  (Tourism) 

GERMANY 

Condor  Airlines  (charters  for  Lufthansa) 
LTU  (LTI  in  Cuba)  (Tourism) 

GREECE 

Lola  Fruits  (Citrus) 

HOLLAND 

Curacao  Drydock  Company  (Shipping) 
Golden  Tulips  (Tourism) 
ING  (Banking) 
Niref  (Minerals) 


HONDURAS 
Facuss  Foods 


HONG  KONG 

Pacific  Cigar 

ISRAEL 

GBM  (Citrus) 

Tropical  (Manufacturing) 

World  Textile  Corporation  SA. 

ITAL\ 

Benetton  (Textiles) 

Fratelli  Cosulich  (Gambling) 

Going  (Tourism) 

Italcable  (Telecommunications) 

Italturis  (Tourism) 

Viaggo  di  Ventaglio  (Tourism) 

JAMAICA 

Caricom  Investments  Ltd.  (Construction) 
Caricom  Traders  (Int'l  mrktg  of  Cuban  products) 
Intercarib  (Tourism) 
Superdubs  (Tourism) 

JAPAN 

Mitsubishi  (Automobiles/Tourism) 

Nissan  Motor  Co.  Ltd   (Automobiles) 

Nissho  Iwai  Corp.  (Sugar) 

Toyota  (Automobiles) 

Sumitomo  Trading  Corporation  (Automobiles) 

Suzuki  Motor  Corp.  (Automobiles) 

MEXICO 

Aero-Caribc  (Subsid.  of  Mexicana  de  Aviacion) 

Bufete  Industrial 

Cemex  (Construction) 

Cubacell  Enterprises  (Telecommunications) 

Del  Valle  (Manufacturing) 

Domeq  (Export  rum) 

DSC  Consortium  (Tourism) 

Grupo  Domos  (Telecommunications) 

Gnipo  Industrial  Danta  (Textiles) 

Grupo  Infra  de  Gases 

Incorporadon  Internacional  Comercial  (exp  beer) 

Industrias  Unidas  de  Telefonia  de  Larga  Distanda 

La  Magdalena  Cardboard  Company 

Mexpetrol  (Oil) 

Pemex 

Bancomex 

Mexican  Petroleum  Institute 


90 


Prolcxa 

Bufctc  Industrial 

Ingginciros  Civilcs  Asociados 

Equipos  Pclrolcos  Nacionales 
Telccomunicacioncs  Inlcrnacionales  dc  Mexico 
Vitro  SA  (Manufacturing) 

PANAMA 

Bambi  Trading 
SOUTH  AFRICA 

Anglo-American  Corporation  (Mining) 

Arasa  (Mining) 
De  Beers  Centenary  (Mining) 
Minorco  (Mining) 
Sanachan  (Fertilizers) 

SPAIN 

Caball  de  Basto  S.L. 

Camacho  (Manufacturing) 

Consorcio  de  Fabricantes  Espanoles,  Cofesa 

Corporacion  Interinsular  Hispana  SA.  (Tourism) 

Esfera  2000  (Tourism) 

Gal  (Manufacturing) 

Guitart  Hoteles  SA. 

Grupo  Hotelero  Sol 

Hialsa  Casamadrid  Group 

Iberia  Travel 

Iberoslar  SA.  (Tourism) 

Kawama  Caribbean  Hotels 

K.P.  Winter  Espanola  (Tourism) 

Miesa  SA.  (Energy) 

National  Engineering  and  Technology  Inc. 

Nueva  Compania  de  Indias  SA. 

P&I  Hotels 

Raytur  Hoteles 

Sol  Melia  (Tourism) 

Tabacalera  SA.  (Tobacco) 

Tinias  Gyr  SA  (Ink  Manufacturer) 

Tryp  (Tourism) 

Tubos  Reunidos  Bilbao  (Manufacturing) 

Vegas  de  la  Reina  (Wine  Importers) 

SWEDEN 

Forcss  (Paper) 
Taurus  Petroleum 


UNITED  KINGDOM 

Amersham  (Pharmaceuticals) 

BETA  Funds  International 

Body  Shop  International  (Toiletries) 

British  Borneo  PLC  (Oil) 

Cable  &  Wireless  (Telecommunications) 

Castrol  (Oil) 

ED&F  Man  (Sugar) 

Fisons  (Pharmaceuticals) 

Glaxo  (Pharmaceuticals) 

Goldcorp  Premier  Ltd.  (Manufacturing) 

ICI  Export  Ltd.  (Chemicals) 

Ninecastle  Overseas  Ltd. 

Premier  Consolidated  Oilfields 

Rothschild  (Investment  Bank) 

Simon  Petroleum  Technology 

Tate  &  Lyle  (Sugar) 

Tour  World  (Tourism) 

Unilever  (Soap/Detergent) 

Welcomme  (Pharmaceuticals) 

VENEZUELA 

Cervecera  Nacional 

Covencaucho 

Fiveca  (Paper) 

Fotosilvestre 

Gibralter  Trading  (Steel) 

Grupo  Corimon 

Grupo  Quimico 

Ibrabal  Trading 

Interlin 

Intesica 

Mamploca 

Mamusa 

Metalnez 

MM  Intemacional 

Pequiven 

Plimero  del  Lago 

Proagro 

Sidor 

Venepal 

Venoco 


(Sources:  International  press  reports;  'Index  of 
Foreign  Investment  in  Cuba,"  Lm  Sociedad 
Economica  (London);  Caribbean  Update.] 


91 


Number  7 


February  1995 


CUBA 

BRIEFING 
PAPER 


Georgetown 
University 


Cuba's  NGOs:  Government  Puppets 
or  Seeds  of  Civil  Society? 


Why  have  Cuba's  Nop-Govem- 
mental  Oiganizaticms 
(NGOs)  experiotced  explo- 
sive growth  since  1989?  Do  they 
merely  serve  as  a  mechanism  for 
channeling  hmds  to  the  bankrupt  state 
sector,  or  do  they  represent  autoito- 
mous  citizen  groups  capable  of  laying 
ttie  groundwork  for  future  civil  soci- 
ety? Most  iii:q>ortantly  from  a  geo- 
political standpoint,  will  foreign 
assistance  to  Cuba's  NGOs  strengthen 
their  indepeiKient  status,  or  merely 
reinforce  central  state  control? 

These  questions  were  addressed 
during  a  field  study  conducted  in 
Havana  and  Santi^qgo  de  Cuba  during 
the  sumnmer  of  1994.  Representatives 
of  twenty  NGOs  were  interviewed, 
along  with  academics,  foreign  diplo- 
mats and  Cuban  government  officials 
responsible  for  regulating  NGO  activ- 
ity. Only  preliminary  conclusions  are 
]X>ssible,  due  to  the  limited  data  avaU- 
able.  However,  the  following  state- 
ments seem  justified. 

•  Cuba's  NGOs  grew  because  the 
government  deemed  them  useful 
fiixandal  intermediaries  and  because 
citizens  desired  self-help  orgaiuzations 
capable  of  resolving  local  problems  tfie 
state  was  unwilling  or  unable  to 
address. 

•  While  many  NGOs  were  originally 
intended  to  cftarmel  funds  to  the  state 
sector,  some  developed  institutional 
interests  independent  from,  though  not 
necessarily  in  cxmffict  with,  those  of  the 
state. 

•  Access  to  ficHeign  exdiange  free  of 
central  state  control  is  a  necessary,  if 
insufficient,  condition  for  indepsKlent- 
minded  NGOs  to  pursue  ttieir  own 
paths. 

These  assessments  are  not  intended 
to  imply  that  the  sc^  legitimate  pur- 
pose of  foreign  assistance  is  to  sm- 


By  Gillian  Gunn 

power  recipient  independence.  Indeed, 
most  NGO  donations  throughout  the 
world  are  provided  for  humanitarian 
purposes.  However,  due  to  the  current 
debate  in  the  United  States  and  Western 
Europe  about  the  political  implications  of 
NGO  donatiorw,  this  paper  focuses  on  the 
indep>endence  issue. 

WHY  NGO  GROWTH? 

"Qvil  society"  and  'TMGO"  used  to  be 
considered  subversive  terms  in  Cuba. 
Officials  Jirgued  that,  since  the  state 
inherently  reflected  the  will  of  the  people, 
there  was  no  need  for  independent 
organizations  to  represent  citizens. 
Cuban  bureaucrats  clinging  to  this 
Stalinist  ideology  are  now  increasingly 
challenged  by  reiformers  who  claim  that 
Lenin  saw  the  need  to  maintain  some 
independent  organizations  to  "defend 
workers  agait\st  deformations  of  the 
state." 

The  reformist  view  has  been  grudg- 
ingly accepted  by  the  Cuban  state.  Fidel 
Castro  used  the  term  "dvil  society"  at  the 
1994  Ibero- American  Summit  and  Gaceta, 
the  official  journal  of  the  state-controlled 
writers'  union,  recently  defended  the 
expression's  legitimacy.  The  Cuban 
institution  responsible  for  registering 
NGOs,  the  Ministry  of  Justice,  reports 
explosive  growth  in  their  number  from 
1989  to  1993,  and  a  leveling-off  in  1994. 
Approximately  2,200  NGOte  are  now 
registered  with  the  government  and 
many  others  exist  undergroimd.  The 
rising  interest  in  NGOs  has  come  both 
top-down  from  the  government  and 
bottom-up  from  tiie  population. 

The  state's  new  support  for  NGOs  is  a 
matter  of  financial  necessity.  As  subsi- 
dies from  Moscow  declined  in  1990,  the 
govenunent  sought  alternative  resources. 
Foreign  NGO  assistance  was  perceived  as 
helpir^  solve  developmental  problems  in 
other  countries  where  potential  funders 


ApubBcatmm ^TttCuba Pnjttt.Centirfar Latin  Amtriain  Studies,  Georptown  University 


92 


2  •  Cuba  Briefing  Paper 


were  uneasy  about  direct  donations  to  governments 
accused  of  undemocratic  practices.  The  Cuban 
authorities  therefore  permitted  a  few  ministries  to 
establish  parallel  "NGOs"  and  re-labeled  as  "NGOs" 
some  existing  mass  orgaruzations  and  think  tanks 
formerly  associated  with  the  Central  Committee 
bureaucracy. 


The  state's  new  support  for  NGOs  is  a  matter 

of  financial  necessity.  As  subsidies  from 

Moscow  declined  in  1990,  the  government 

sought  alternative  resources. 


The  re-labelled  mass  organizations  include  the 
Federacion  de  Mujeres  Cubanas  (FMC  -  Federation  of 
Cuban  Women),  the  Asocmcion  Nadonal  de 
Agricultores  Pequenos  (ANAP  -  National  Association 
of  Small  Cultivators),  and  the  Unidn  de  Escritores  y 
Artistas  de  Cuba  (UNEAC  -  Uruon  of  Writers  and 
Artists  of  Cuba).  These  organizations  have  histori- 
cally been  utilized  by  the  government  to  convey 
instructions,  report  dtizen  opinions  and  rally  supf>ort 
for  government  policies.  Often  their  leaders  either 
simultaneously  held  high  official  positions  or  were 
closely  linked  to  those  who  did.  For  example,  FMC 
leader  Vilma  Espin  is  the  wiie  of  Defense  Minister 
Raul  Castro,  and  UNEAC  head  Abel  Prieto  is  a 
member  of  the  PoUtical  Bureau  of  the  Communist 
Party. 

Among  the  think  tanks  formerly  associated  with 
the  Central  Committee  and  now  titled  NGOs  are  the 
Centra  de  Estudios  sobre  America  (CEA  -  Center  for  the 
Study  of  America)  and  the  Centra  de  Estudios  Eurapeos 
(CEE  -  Center  for  European  Studies).  Both  organiza- 
tions were  established  in  the  1970s  to  act  as  Central 
Committee  academic  research  instruments.  Though 
Central  Committee  funds  are  still  significant,  much 
of  their  budgets  now  come  from  external  sources. 

An  example  of  a  Ministry-sponsored  NGO  is  Pro- 
Naturaleza,  an  environmental  organization  with  5,000 
members.  Established  in  April  1993,  most  of  its 
leadership  is  employed  at  the  Ministry  of  Science, 
Technology  and  En\Tronment,  formerly  the  Academy 
of  Sciences.  Pro-Naturaleza  has  not  received  any  state 
funds,  but  has  been  housed  rent-free  within  Ministry 
property.  Originally  it  hoped  to  pay  a  secretary  and 
researcher  out  of  its  ovinn  funds,  but  to  date  modest 
membership  dues  have  been  insufficient  to  cover  the 
cost.  Therefore,  it  has  asked  the  Ministry  to  cover  the 
salaries,  with  the  request  that  this  donation  not  be 
used  to  "encroach  on  the  organization's  indepen- 
dence." 

Like  the  top-dovinn  motivation  for  NGO  expansion, 
the  bottom-up  impetus  was  also  related  to  events  in 


the  Soviet  Union.  Glasnost  f>ennitted  a  proliferation 
of  Soviet  NGOs,  and  by  1988  the  Moscow  press 
claimed  that  some  40,000  clubs  and  associations  had 
been  established.  Close  relations  between  Havana 
and  Moscow  at  that  time  exposed  Cuban  intellectuals 
to  n\any  of  these  groups,  which  advocated  themes 
such  as  religious  freedom,  popular  culture,  environ- 
mental protection  and  economic  and  social  develop- 
ment By  1990,  the  decline  in  Soviet  subsidies  to 
Cuba  began  to  curtail  the  state's  ability  to  deal  with  a 
wide  variety  of  problems,  including  deforestation, 
housing  deterioration,  food  scarcity,  medicine  short- 
ages, and  blackouts.  Events  in  the  Soviet  Union  both 
provided  examples  of  dtizen  self-help  and  caused 
economic  conditions  which  necessitated  their  imple- 
mentati^on. 

Churches  were  among  the  first  to  display  bottom- 
up  NGO  behavior.  The  Catholic  Church,  through  its 
charity  Caritas,  obtained  permission  to  receive 
humanitarian  donations,  primarily  food  and  medi- 
cine, from  abroad.  The  Protestant  churches,  via 
Cuba's  Ecumenical  Coimcil,  performed  the  same 
role.  The  Martin  Luther  King  Center,  established  by 
Reverend  Raul  Suarez,  began  to  organize  housing 
rehabilitation,  development  of  alternative  energy 
sources  and  infrastructure  repair.  The  Asociacion 
Cultural  Yoruba  de  Cuba  (Yoruba  Cultural  Assodation 
of  Cuba)  was  established  in  1991  to  promote  Afro- 
Cuban  religious  traditions,  commonly  referred  to  as 
Santeria.  Cuba's  Christian-oriented  Masor\s, 
founded  in  1859  and  driven  underground  by  the 
Revolution,  resumed  activities  in  1988  and  now  have 
22330  members. 

Non-religious  bottom-up  organizations  also  have 
developed.  The  Felix  Varela  Center,  established  by 
former  Central  Committee  staffer  Juan  Antonio 
Blanco  in  1990,  has,  among  other  activities,  spon- 
sored recreation  for  child  cancer  patients  and  orga- 
nized a  conununity-based  paint  factory.  The  Pablo 
Milanes  Foundation,  established  in  1990  by  the  black 
Cuban  singer  of  the  same  name  and  financed  with 
proceeds  from  his  musical  endeavors,  provides 
support  for  young  Cuban  artists  and  aids  indepen- 
dent cultural  institutions. 

This  division  of  Cuban  NGOs  into  two  categories 
is  drawn  for  the  sake  of  analytical  clarity.  In  reality, 
some  top-dov*Ti  NGOs,  such  as  Pro-Naturaleza,  have 
strong  grassroots  connections,  and  some  bottom-up 
groups,  such  as  the  Martin  Luther  King  Center,  have 
dose  relations  with  the  state.  The  state  frequently 
attempts  to  convert  bottom-up  NGOs  into  govern- 
ment instruments,  while  dtizens  occasionally  try  to 
re-shape  top-down  NGOs  into  grassroots  organiza- 
tions. The  ideological  lines  between  groups  are  also 
fluid.  Bottom-up  organizations  are  not  necessarily 
anti-state,  and  top-down  organizations  are  not 
necessarily  anti-citizen  empowerment. 


93 


Fobniary199S  •  3 


STATE  AMBIVALENCE 

The  Cuban  state  is  unecisy  about  NGOs.  They  are 
deemed  useful  because  they  capture  resources  that 
otherwise  would  not  enter  Cuba  and  relieve  social 
tensions  by  resolving  problems  the  state  is  unable  to 
address.  NGOs  are  also  viewed  with  suspidcxv 
however,  because  they  represent  an  indepiendent 
resource  base  for  citizens  whose  desires  do  not 
always  coincide  with  those  of  the  state.  Before  Soviet 
subsidies  disappeared,  the  state  would  have  simply 
taken  over  those  NGOs  deemed  inconveiuent  To  do 
so  now  would  be  self-defeating,  for  if  Cuban  NGOs 
are  perceived  as  state  front  organizations,  foreign 
donations  will  dry  up.  Therefore  the  state  seeks  to 
indirectly  control  NGOs  without  overtly  dominating 
them. 

The  most  obvious  instrument  of  state  control  is  the 
registration  process.  This  is  governed  by  the  1985 
Law  Number  54  on  "Associations  and  their  Regula- 
tion," along  with  Articles  39, 396  and  397  of  the  1985 
Qvil  Code. 

To  be  accepted  for  registration  an  organization 
must  fulfill  the  following  requirements. 

•  Provide  the  names  of  thirty  members,  together 
with  the  names,  addresses,  telephone  numbers  and 
ages  of  the  top  leadership. 

•  Prove  that  the  organization  is  self-financing. 

•  Submit  a  written  statement  of  goals,  together  with 
an  explanation  of  the  institution's  internal  structure. 

•  Obtain  a  "negative  certificate"  from  the  Ministry  of 
Justice  stating  that  there  is  no  other  registered  N(X> 
with  a  similar  purpose.  If  there  is  a  duplicate  organi- 
zation, the  new  applicant  must  associate  v*rith  the  one 
already  registered. 

•  Obtain  3ie  sponsorship  of  a  "state  reference 
institution"  which  affirms  that  the  establishment  of 
the  NGO  is  in  its  interest.  The  reference  institution 
subsequently  has  the  right  to  attend  the  NOG'S  board 
meetings  and  inspect  its  accounts  to  corxfirm  it  is 
carrying  out  its  stated  purpose. 

If  the  NGO  is  subsequently  determined  to  no 
longer  be  performing  its  original  purpose,  the  Minis- 
try of  Justice  has  the  right  to  dissolve  it  Further- 
more, an  organization  will  not  be  accepted  for  regis- 
tration if  its  goals  violate  the  Cuban  Constitution  or 
involve  activities,  in  the  words  of  a  Ministry  of 
Justice  representative,  "that  are  properly  thie  role  of 
the  state."  This  prevents  the  registration  of  political 
parties  as  the  Constitution  establishes  a  one-party 
system.  Human  rights  organizations  have  been 
denied  registration  on  the  groimds  that  they  are 
covert  political  parties. 

Many  organizations  that  appear  iiuiocuous  or  even 
pro-goverrunent  have  had  difficulty  registering.  The 
Santiago  de  Cuba-based  Asociacwn  Cubana  de  Estudios 
del  Caribe  (ACEC  -  Cuban  Association  for  Caribbean 
Studies)  was  denied  a  "r\egative  certificate"  on  the 


grounds  that  another  association  with  the  same  goals 
already  existed.  The  Ministry  then  refused  a  request 
for  a  list  of  registered  institutioiis,  which  the  group 
needed  to  plan  its  re-application.  The  applicant  was 
also  told  that  some  of  its  objectives  overlapped  with 


The  State  frequently  attempts  to  convert  bottom- 
up  NGOs  into  government  instruments,  while 
citizens  occasionally  try  to  re-shape  top-down 
NGOs  into  grassroots  organizations. 


those  of  existing  government  institutions,  but  was 
not  told  which  objectives  were  problematic.  Caught 
in  this  Catch-22,  the  Association  took  a  gamble,  re- 
drafted its  application  to  emphasize  cultural  ex- 
changes with  institutions  abroad,  and  was  accepted. 

Another  NGO,  whose  leader  is  socialist  but  in- 
clined to  outspoken  criticism,  had  difficulty  obtain- 
ing a  reference  institution,  and  finally  prevailed  upon 
friends  in  a  state  institution  totally  unrelated  to  the 
applicant's  field  of  endeavor.  This  NGO  existed  for 
over  three  years  before  obtaining  registration.  Inter- 
nal Communist  Party  schisms  appear  to  have  played 
a  major  role  in  the  registration  problems  encountered 
by  this  and  at  least  one  other  NGO. 

The  Pablo  Milanfe  Foundation  also  existed  for 
three  yejirs  before  obtaining  registration  in  June  1993. 
Milanes  wanted  the  proceeds  from  his  concerts,  film 
scores  and  other  artistic  endeavors  to  go  to  the 
Foundation,  rather  than  be  shared  between  state 
institutions  and  himself.  The  government  was 
extremely  reluctant  to  lose  control  of  these  revenues 
and  events,  and  resisted.  Milanes  nonetheless 
moved  ahead,  recruited  friends  to  work  for  the 
Foundation  and  paid  them  either  out  of  his  owm 
pocket  or  not  at  all.  They  soon  were  organizing 
concerts  which  appealed  to  young  Cubans  more  than 
those  run  by  the  state.  The  authorities  were  uneasy, 
but  the  singer's  pro-Revolution  background  pre- 
vented the  Foundation  from  being  shut  down. 

According  to  a  Foundation  spokesperson,  the  role 
of  Milanes  in  the  1992  Natiorul  Assembly  election 
became  decisive.  A  poor,  black  neighborhood  of 
Havai\a  largely  boycotted  the  election,  undermining 
its  legitimacy  by  refusing  to  vote  for  the  individual 
selected  by  the  party-ii\fluenced  nomination  process. 
(Only  one  candidate  per  seat  was  on  the  baOot,  for 
whom  citizens  could  vote  yes  or  no.)  When  the 
neighborhood's  youth  said  they  would  vote  if 
Milanfe  were  the  candidate,  the  Party  asked  the 
reluctant  singer  to  run.  He  acquiesced,  and  received  a 
94%  "yes"  vote,  one  of  the  highest  percentages 
recorded.  The  Foundation's  leverage  was  enhanced. 


94 


4  •  Cuba  Briefing  Ptpar 


and  its  registration  application  was  accepted  within  a 
few  mondis.  As  of  mid-1994  the  Foundation  owned 
both  its  building  and  the  land  beneath  it,  a  rare 
curangement  in  Cuba. 

The  Asockcidn  Cultural  Yoruba  also  encountered 
difficulties,  surviving  precariously  for  fifteen  years 
before  it  was  finally  able  to  register.  Initially  the 
Ministry  of  Justice  claimed  that  it  was  a  "cult"  and 
said  there  was  no  provision  for  such  entities  in 
Cuban  legislation.  The  Association's  leader  believes 
that  the  intercession  of  the  Religious  Affjiirs  Office  of 
the  Central  Committee,  which  is  reportedly  staffed 
by  "open  minded"  individuals,  smoothed  this  and 
other  difficult  interactions  with  the  state  bureaucracy. 
The  Ministry  of  Culture,  to  which  the  NGO  was 
initially  directed,  was  far  less  helpful. 

All  of  these  NGOs  which  encountered  registration 
difficulty  were  of  the  bottom-up  variety.  An  indi- 
vidual or  collection  of  friends  decided  to  form  a 
group,  and  tried  to  comply  with  the  state's  require- 
ments. Sometimes,  organizers  found  supporters  in 
one  branch  of  the  state  bureaucracy  who  helped  them 
contend  with  opponents  in  other  branches.  These 
battles  are  a  reflection  of  the  dynamic  tension  be- 
tween those  seeking  to  expand  space  for  dvil  society 
and  those  reluctant  to  lose  control. 

Curiously,  of  the  NGOs  visited,  none  had  ever  had 
their  board  meetings  attended  or  their  books  in- 
spected by  their  state  reference  institution.  In  fact, 
only  one  instance  of  such  intervention  was  known  in 
the  NGO  coirununity.  When  a  top  Cuban  official  was 
asked  if  the  Law  of  Association  might  be  changed  to 
elimirwte  the  requirement  for  a  state  reference  insti- 
tution, the  response  was  careful.  "The  inspections 
aren't  being  carried  out  anyway,"  he  said.  "I  sup- 
pose it  is  counter  productive  to  have  a  law  which 
creates  the  impression  of  a  higher  level  of  state 
control  of  NGOs  than  what  actually  exists."  How- 
ever, this  official  then  cautioned  that  a  new  law 
would  still  need  to  be  designed  in  a  manner  which 
prevented  the  registration  of  organizations  which  use 
human  rights  activities  as  a  "cover  for  efforts  to 
overthrow  the  government." 


NGO  CONFERENCES 

As  the  above  anecdotes  illustrate,  many  of  the 
bottom-up  NGOs  were  finally  able  to  register  in  the 
summer  of  1993.  This  was  no  coincidence.  From  5  to 
11  September  1993  Cuba  hosted  the  "Encumtro  sobre 
Cooperacion  con  Cuba"  (Meeting  on  Cooperation  with 
Cuba),  designed  to  showcase  Cuba's  new  NGOs  to 
the  international  donor  community.  It  was  in  the 
authorities'  interest  to  include  Cuban  groups  which 
were  somewhat  independent. 

This  was  the  second  such  gathering.  The  first,  held 
in  1991,  was  organized  by  ANAP  in  collaboration 


with  two  European  NGOs.  Thirty-six  Cuban  NGOs 
and  forty  orgaiuzations  from  Eurof>e  and  Latin 
America  participated  in  the  1991  event.  Although 
ANAP  now  has  a  somewhat  more  independent 
character,  at  that  time  it  remained  largely  an  ii\stru- 
ment  for  ensuring  Cuba's  private  peasants  compLed 
with  government  policies.  According  to  several 
participants,  the  1991  function  was  tightly  controlled 
by  the  Comite  Estatal  de  Cooperacion  Econdmica  (CECE  - 
State  Committee  for  Economic  Cooperation),  which 
limited  its  success. 

CECE  had  long  been  the  gatekeeper  for  all  foreign 
assistance  flowing  into  Cuba.  Up  until  1990,  this 
primarily  involved  agreements  with  Eastern  Europe 


Reflecting  the  influence  of  pro-state  voices,  the 

1993  conference's  final  communique  stated  that 

ttie  Cuban  NGO  activities  would  lall  wilhln  glot>al 

plans  with  the  necessary  coordination  with 

diverse  Cuban  entities." 


and  the  Soviet  Union.  As  that  assistance  waned,  and 
NGO  funds  grew,  CECE  sought  to  control  the  new 
resource  as  well  —  a  classic  case  of  a  bureaucracy 
reinventing  itself  when  its  Cold  War  justification 
evaporated.  CECE's  leadership,  with  attitudes 
shaped  by  decades  of  interactions  with  Soviet 
bureaucrats,  was  profoundly  uneasy  with  NGOs 
and  initially  tried  to  curtail  their  activities. 

By  the  time  the  September  1993  meeting  occurred, 
the  Centra  de  Estudios  Europeos  (GEE  —  Center  for 
European  Studies)  had  emerged  as  a  CECE  competi- 
tor and,  along  with  the  European  filliance  of  NCfos 
Grupo  Sur,  co-sp>onsored  the  second  gathering.  The 
year  before,  with  government  permission,  CEE 
became  a  "clearinghouse"  for  Cuban  cooperation 
with  European  NGOs.  The  CEE's  existing  scholarly 
relations  gave  it  a  strategic  advantage  over  other 
institutions.  CEE  now  sees  itself  as  a  "marriage 
bureau"  between  Cuban  and  European  NGOs.  It 
helps  Cuban  NGOs  prepare  propc«cils,  houses  a 
fledgling  NGO  reference  library,  publishes  a  newslet- 
ter on  Cuban  NGO  activities  and  conducts  training 
seminars. 

The  Cuban  participants  presented  300  proposals 
at  the  1993  meeting,  of  which  sixty  subsequently 
received  foreign  funding.  The  meeting  formally 
established  "platforms"  in  eight  European  countries 
to  promote  cooperation,  but  so  far  they  are  only 
functioning  in  Spain,  Belgium,  Italy  and  France. 
Reflecting  the  influence  of  pro-state  voices,  the 
conference's  final  commuiuque  stated  that  the  Cuban 
NGO  activities  would  "fall  within  global  plans  with 


95 


Febfuaiy  1995  •  S 


the  necessary  coordination  with  diverse  Cuban 
entities."  Caritas,  which  was  not  a  participant,  later 
rejected  the  conference  commuruque  on  the  grounds 
that  it  did  not  think  Cuban  NGOs  should  be  required 
to  "compliment  state  plar\s."  The  foreign  NGOs 
present  also  unanimously  called  for  "the  end  of  the 
economic  blockade...  unjusdy,  immorally  and  ille- 
gally imposed  by  the  United  States  on  Cuba..." 

While  the  1993  conference  was  heavily  dominated 
by  the  government,  it  did  further  consolidate  the 
state's  acceptance  of  NGOs.  The  additional  funding 
the  conference  generated  may  also  eventually  exacer- 
bate underlying  tensions  between  Cuba's  NGOs  and 
the  state. 


CECE 

When  asked  about  the  ongoing  role  of  CECE,  a 
CEE  spokesperson  politely  sciid,  "Some  of  the  older 
members  of  the  bureaucracy  are  not  used  to  thinking 
of  dvil  society  as  part  of  the  solution  to  problems, 
and  we  need  to  change  this  mentality."  The  Caritas 
representative  was  more  outspoken,  remarking, 
"CECE  gives  me  the  most  gray  hairs."  (CECE  was 
recently  renamed  the  Ministry  for  Foreign  Invest- 
ment and  International  Cooperation.  However,  since 
Cubans  still  refer  to  it  as  CECE,  that  term  will  be 
used  here.) 

A  conversation  with  a  high-ranking  CECE  official 
revealed  the  root  of  the  problem.  He  stated  that 
Cuban  law  requires  government  and  NGO  coof)era- 
tion  pass  through  the  institution  "because  we  have 
priorities  provided  by  the  government"  and  are  best 
able  to  direct  assistance  to  "Cuba's  development 
needs."  A  Cuban  NGO  seeking  foreign  funding 
must  present  its  proposal  to  CECE  for  approval 
because  "it  is  hard  in  Cuba  for  any  organization  to 
act  outside  the  state  area." 

The  CECE  official  made  several  statements  which 
could  have  come  from  an  observer  seeking  to  de- 
legitimate  Cuba's  NGOs.  He  said  these  organiza- 
tions: 

•  All  end  up  housed  within  state  agencies; 

•  Are  "intermediaries  to  channel  funds  into  state 
institutions;" 

•  Are  necessary  to  complete  the  social  sector  of  the 
country  "but  frankly  the  state  can  carry  out  the 
projects  better;" 

•  May  have  a  role  within  the  one  party  system,  and 
can  help  create  more  "diversified  organizations  that 
can  respond  to  new  interests"  but  should  not  form 
part  of  a  dvil  sodety  "opp>osed  to  the  Revolution." 

He  remarked  that  Cuba  cdready  has  a  dvil  sod- 
ety—  a  revolutionary  dvil  sodety  made  up  of  orgaru- 
zations  such  as  the  Committees  to  Defend  the  Revo- 
lution (CDR).  These  are  neighborhood  organizations 
viewed  by  external  observers  as  instruments  for 


Examples  of  CECE  Interventions 

A  CECE  representative  dted  several  instances 
in  wfaidi  his  institution's  interveniim  had 
prevented  a  "mistake"  from  being  made  One 
VS.  NGO  wanted  to  said  vacdnes  for  children, 
but  only  if  its  own  doctors  could  adminisfer 
them.  CECE  ruled  fliat  Cuba  has  more  than 
OKJugh  doctors  for  that  task,  and  rejected  the 
application.  A  pharmaceutical  donation  was 
rejected  on  the  grounds  that  it  did  not  comply 
vrifh  Cuba's  laws  concerning  importation  of 
blood  products,  designed  to  prevent  the  spread 
of  AIDS.  CECE  insisted  a  wheat  donation  be 
tested  before  distribution.  It  had  such  a  high 
level  of  fumigation  that  addttioi\al  tests  were 
requiied  for  toxidty.  An  offer  of  protein  cookies 
was  rqected  when  CECE  determined  that  for 
the  value  of  the  donation  far  more  protein  could 
be  imported.  A  hospital  director  obtained  an 
NGO  donation,  but  the  resource  was  deemed  in 
shorter  supply  at  another  hospital,  so  CECE  re- 
directed it^  aid.  "NGO  assistance  is  not  in- 
tended as  individual  charity,  but  as  a  contribu- 
tion to  the  whcAe  people,"  said  the  CECE  offi- 
daL 

An  example  of  problems  which  occurred 
when  CECE  was  circumvented  concerned  a 
donation  of  prostheses  manufacturing  equip- 
ment A  Catholic  organization  independentiy 
arranged  for  its  donaticm  by  Germany,  but  when 
it  was  ddivered  the  designated  health  center 
had  no  building  to  acconunodate  it  Because  the 
state  had  not  been  informed  in  advance,  a 
building  had  not  been  set  aside  in  the  central 
plan. 


monitoring  and  reporting  citizens'  political  attitudes. 
The  CECE  offidal  advocated  widening  the  CDRs' 
activities  and  lamented  that  NGOs  lead  to  decentral- 
ized control  of  foreign  currency.  NGOs  mainly 
looking  for  outside  assistance,  he  conduded,  are  "not 
really  part  of  dvil  sodety,  but  they  are  a  useful 
channel  for  funds." 

CECE  officials  seem  to  believe  they  still  control 
every  sispect  of  Cuban  NGO  activities.  This  was 
largely  the  case  before  1990,  but  Cuban  and  foreign 
NGOs  have  gradually  chiseled  away  at  CECE's 
monopoly.  For  example,  in  1989  CEA  had  enormous 
difficulty  getting  an  NGO  donation  approved. 
"There  was  no  ideological  problem  because  at  that 
time  we  were  formally  assodated  with  the  Party," 
said  a  representative.  "However,  they  thought  that  if 
a  Cuban  intellectual  organization  received  foreign 


6  •  Cubi  Briaflng  Paptr 


96 


funds  it  would  automatically  take  an  equivalent 
amount  away  from  an  agricultural  or  industrial 
activity.  They  had  a  zero  sum  mentality  rooted  in  the 
period  of  cooperation  with  socialist  countries."  Now, 
such  donations  are  often  executed  vrithout  CECE's 


"We  are  sure  ANAP  talks  to  various  state 

institutions  about  the  projects,  but  we  see 

no  evidence  of  interference,  so  for  now 

we  consider  ANAP  to  be  operating  as  a 

genuine  NGO,"  said  the  Caritas  representative. 


knowledge. 

Similarly,  CECE  had  wanted  Caritas  to  raise  cash, 
which  the  state  would  then  use  to  purchase  medicine 
abroad.  Caritas  refused,  and  won  the  right  to  have 
tfie  actual  medical  products  donated  to  Caritas  itself. 
CECE  then  insisted  it  be  the  sole  entity  to  select 
recipients.  Caritas  demanded  a  say. 

A  compromise  was  reached  by  ihe  establishment 
of  two  Caritas-govemment  joint  commissions,  for 
education  and  health.  Each  involves  three  represen- 
tatives from  Caritas,  three  from  the  relevant  Ministry 
and  one  from  CECE.  All  dedsioris  require  a  unani- 
mous vote.  CECE  had  wanted  medicine  distribution 
to  go  through  five  levels  of  bureaucracy,  for  example. 
Caritas  oljjected,  convinced  the  commission  members 
that  this  would  be  inefficient,  and  defeated  CECE. 

While  uncomfortable  with  the  situation,  Caritas 
goes  along  with  CECE's  insistence  that  state  institu- 
tions, mamly  hospitals,  schools  and  retirement 
homes,  be  the  final  distributors  of  donated  products. 
Caritas  ensures  that  only  intended  recipients  con- 
sume the  donated  products  by  designating  a  "sympa- 
thetic individual"  at  each  institution  to  report  end- 
use.  The  charit)'  seems  satisfied  that  donations  are 
generally  used  for  their  designated  purpose.  In  fact, 
the  Caritas  monitoring  network  is  acquiring  such  a 
solid  reputation  that  other  NGOs  have  asked  it  to 
evaluate  end-use  of  their  donations  too.  Caritas  is 
reluctant  to  take  on  this  responsibility. 

Caritas  has  not  only  defended  itself  against  CECE, 
it  has  also  prodded  other  NGOs  to  follow  suit. 
Caritas  wished  to  provide  assistance  to  Cuba's 
private  peasants  by  reconstructing  an  aqueduct.  The 
government  directed  it  to  do  so  via  ANAP,  which 
Caritas  viewed  as  an  illegitin\ate  NGO  since  its 
leadership  "is  selected  by  the  state."  However, 
Caritas  told  ANAP  it  would  accept  the  p>easant 
association  as  a  genuine  NGO  if  it  acted  like  one. 
"We  are  very  happy  with  their  evolution,"  Sciid  the 
Caritas  leader.  "ANAP  has  told  CECE  to  stop  inter- 
fering, and  it  has  not  included  any  Ministry  jjerson- 
nel  in  the  project." 

Emboldened,  ANAP  then  established  a  direct  link 


with  an  Italian  NGO  for  establishment  of  a  seed 
bar\k.  Officially,  the  project  should  have  passed 
through  CECE  and  the  Ministry  of  Agriculture,  but 
ANAP  fought  for  autonomy,  and  won.  "We  are  sure 
ANAP  talks  to  various  state  institutions  alx)ut  the 
projects,  but  we  see  no  evidence  of  interference,  so 
for  now  we  consider  ANAP  to  be  operating  as  a 
genuine  NGO,"  said  the  Caritas  representative. 

Uruversities  have  also  fought  for  greater  freedom 
of  action.  Before,  if  an  academic  wished  to  travel 
abroad  on  funds  provided  by  a  foreign  NGO,  the 
scholar  had  to  t)e  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party 
or  the  Union  of  Young  Communists.  The  travel 
required  approval  of  the  scholar's  local  CDR,  the 
Ministry  of  Education,  cuid  CECE.  Any  payment  for 
services  performed  abroad  went  to  the  state.  In  1990, 
Cuba's  uni\'ersities  received  permission  to  make 
direct  contacts  with  institutions  abroad.  Forty  per- 
cent of  any  earned  fee  can  now  remain  in  the  hands 
of  the  scholar,  with  forty  f)ercent  going  to  the  univer- 
sity, and  twenty  percent  going  to  the  Ministry  of 
Education.  Even  though  the  Ministry  of  Education 
must  be  "informed"  of  the  pending  travel,  and  any 
proposed  scholar  with  a  "strongly  marked  political 
record"  may  be  derued  travel  documents,  CECE  has 
no  official  role. 

On  a  practical  basis,  CECE's  role  in  NGO  collabo- 
ration has  been  reduced  to  the  following. 
•  European  NGOs  generally  request  a  letter  from 


While  the  still  powerful  CECE  can  distort 

aid  flows,  a  resourceful  NGO  with  friends  in  ttie 

right  places  can  frequently  evade  its  grip. 


CECE  stating  that  it  has  no  objection  to  a  proposed 
project   Once  that  letter  is  obtained,  the  foreign  NGO 
deals  with  the  Cuban  NGO  directly. 

•  A  Cuban  NGO  must  pay  large  customs  fees  on 
imported  good  unless  it  has  a  letter  from  CECE 
stating  that  their  end-use  is  "writhin  the  priorities  of 
the  country."  Pro-Naturaleza,  for  example,  would 
have  had  to  pay  a  20,000  peso  duty  to  get  a  donated 
Toyota  truck  out  of  customs  if  it  had  not  been  able  to 
obtain  a  CECE  letter  of  support  for  the  associated 
viind-power  project.  Similarly,  the  Cuban  Red  Cross 
needed  such  a  letter  to  extricate  a  donated  ambulance 
from  customs. 

•  Any  project  which  involves  direct  collaboration 
with  a  state  enterprise  requires  prior  CECE  approval. 

Even  these  rules  can  be  circumvented,  however, 
especially  if  another  state  institution  becomes  in- 
volved. For  example,  when  the  Jewish  commimity  of 
Cuba  had  difficulty  convincing  CECE  to  release  from 
customs  a  donation  of  kosher  food  supplies,  the 


97 


February  1995  •  7 


Religious  Atf  airs  Office  of  the  Central  Committee 
successfully  interceded. 

If  one  accepts  CECE's  definition  of  NGO  activities, 
there  is  no  such  thing  as  a  genuine  NGO  in  Cuba. 
Reality,  however,  shows  c>n  outmoded  state  institu- 
tion being  challenged  by  a  broad  coalition  of  NGOs, 
both  of  the  top-down  and  bottom-up  variety.  While 
the  still  powerful  CECE  can  distort  aid  flows,  a 
resourceful  NGO  with  friends  in  the  right  places  can 
frequently  evade  its  grip. 


INCIDENTS  OF  INDEPENDENCE 

Resistance  to  CECE  interference  is  iKrt  the  only 
area  in  which  Cuban  NGOs  have  exhibited  indejjen- 
dence  from  the  state.  Occasionally,  an  NGO's  receipt 
of  foreign  funds  has  been  used  to  strengthen  its 
bargaining  power  with  the  state. 

One  of  the  most  striking  examples  concerns  the 
Grupo  para  el  Desarollo  Integral  de  la  Capital,  (Group  for 
the  Integrated  Development  of  the  Capital).  The 
Group  has  not  yet  been  able  to  register  as  an  NGO 
because  it  is  not  fully  self -financing,  and  remains 
officially  connected  with  the  Havana  City  govern- 
ment However,  it  acts  more  like  an  NGO  than  many 
registered  organizations. 

The  Group  focuses  on  urban  development,  and  as 
Cuba's  resources  have  contracted  it  has  emphasized 
local  community  self-reliance.  As  j>art  of  this  effort, 
the  Group  seeks  to  rehabilitate  existing  housing.  In 
contrast,  the  government  puts  an  emphasis  on  new 
housing  construction.  In  1993,  the  Group  was  sent  a 
donation  of  concrete  block-making  machines  by  a 
European  NGO.  They  were  seized  upon  their  arrived 
by  the  local  state  construction  enterprise,  which  said 
they  were  badly  needed  for  new  housing  efforts.  The 
Group  resisted,  to  no  avail,  and  finally  informed  the 
donor.  The  donor  then  told  the  Cuban  government  it 
intended  to  reclaim  the  machines,  as  they  were  not 
being  used  for  their  designated  purpose.  Faced  with 
this  ultimatum,  the  state  construction  firm  backed 
dovkn,  and  tiuned  the  machines  back  over  to  the 
Group. 

This  represented  a  small  victory  for  dvil  society. 
The  foreign  NGO  donation,  and  associated  leverage, 
ensured  tfiat  the  Cuban  NGO's  objectives  were 
furthered  over  those  of  the  state.  Of  course,  the  state 
was  not  opposed  to  housing  rehabilitation,  but 
simply  believed  new  construction  to  be  a  greater 
priority.  If  the  Cuban  NGO  had  been  pursuing  goals 
diametrically  opposed  to  those  of  the  state,  the 
concession  might  not  have  been  made. 

Pro-Naturaleza  demonstrated  independence 
through  its  "citizen  complaint"  feidlity.  In  1993,  a 
resident  of  Santa  Cruz  del  Norte,  about  forty  kilome- 
ters east  of  Havcuia,  reported  that  sugar  mill  workers 
were  cutting  downn  trees  for  firewood.  When  Ave 


complainant  saw  no  action  from  die  local  authorities, 
Pro-Naturaleza  accompanied  him  to  talk  to  the  admin- 
istrator of  the  sugar  tnill.  The  adnunistrator  felt  he 
could  rwt  order  workers  to  cease  cutting  trees,  the 
only  fuel  source  available  now  that  cooking  gas  was 
no  longer  being  distributed.  Pro-Naturaleza  and  the 


A  Pro-Naturaleza  spokesperson  remarked, 
The  citizen  in  his  Individual  capacity  was  unable 
to  get  any  attention.  When  we  verified  his 
complaint,  and  used  our  leverage  with  the 
authorities,  we  were  able  to  get  a  result" 


complainant  then  went  to  talk  to  the  local  Poder 
Popular  (Popular  Power)  legislature.  The  local  gov- 
ernment agreed  to  supply  die  peasants  with  kerosene 
for  cooking,  and  to  replace  the  cut  trees.  A  Pro- 
Naturaleza  spokesperson  remarked,  "The  citizen  in 
his  individual  capacity  was  unable  to  get  any  atten- 
tion. When  we  verified  his  complaint,  and  used  our 
leverage  with  the  authorities,  we  were  able  to  get  a 
result" 

While  this  incident  showed  the  positive  effect 
NGOs  can  have,  similar  results  are  not  always  pos- 
sible. When  a  citizen  complained  to  Pro-Naturaleza 
about  a  state  slaughterhouse  polluting  a  river  with 
meat  by-products,  the  NGO  was  only  able  to  verify 
that  the  problem  existed.  The  state  enterprise  said  no 
money  was  available  to  purchase  new  equipment 
required  to  eliminate  the  pollution,  and  Pro- 
Naturaleza  accepted  the  explarutiori. 

The  Cub;m  Red  Cross  is  another  NGO  embarking 
upon  a  smaU,  but  important,  step  towards  indejjen- 
dence.  It  asked  the  government  for  f)ennission  to 
distribute  a  donation  of  used  clothes  in  youth  deten- 
tion centers.  It  received  a  positive  response,  and  wdll 
be  allowed  to  visit  the  detention  centers  as  part  of  the 
accord.  It  hopes  that  through  visits  to  such  institu- 
tions "mutual  confidence  mil  grow  and  we  will 
eventually  be  able  to  conduct  inspections  of  adult 
jails."  The  Red  Cross  already  acts  as  an  intermediary 
for  medicine  sent  from  abroad  to  Cuban  prisoners, 
forwarding  it  to  the  family  members  for  final  deliv- 
ery. All  prisoners  are  permitted  to  use  this  mecha- 
lusm,  without  regard  to  the  nature  of  their  crime. 
While  the  Red  Cross  may  not  succeed  in  its  effort  to 
observe  conditions  in  adult  jails,  its  access  to  donated 
humanitarian  assistance  is  at  least  giving  it  some 
leverage  in  negotiations  with  the  state. 

Cuba's  Masons  present  one  of  the  most  interesting 
examples  of  NGO  independence.  They  have  a  long 
history  of  resisting  state  interference.  Spain  shut 
them  down  in  1895  because  their  members  were 
fighting  for  independence.  They  reopened  in  1899, 
but  in  1959  the  Castro  government  again  forced  them 


98 


8  •  Cuba  Briefing  Paper 


to  close  their  doors.  In  1989,  membership  interest 
revived  and  the  organi2ation  began  to  carefully  test 
the  limits  of  government  tolerance. 

The  Mtisons  now  number  22330  members  in  314 
lodges.  They  were  never  forced  to  register  with  the 
Ministry  of  Justice  because  they  existed  prior  to  the 


"tf  Cubans  do  not  learn  the  rudiments  of  private 
enterprise,  and  Cuban  Americans  from  Miami  are 
eventually  allowed  access  to  the  economy,  local 
entrepreneurs  will  be  swamped.  We  want  to  help 
avoid  that,"  said  a  Caritas  representative. 


formation  of  the  Cuban  state.  Howe\er,  when  they 
re-drafted  their  constitution  in  1986  they  had  to  wait 
for  more  than  one  year  for  Ministry  of  Justice  ap- 
proval. The  Masons  are  a  fraternal  organiz.ition  with 
mystical  associations.  Their  self-proclaimed  objec- 
tives are  to  "combat  ignorance,"  fight  against  "vice" 
including  gambling  and  prostitution,  and  "inspire 
love  for  humanity"  through  opposition  to  "intoler- 
ance." Membership  is  available  to  all  men  who 
"believe  in  God  and  are  moral."    Women  are  barred 
from  the  main  organization,  but  can  join  "Las  Hijas  de 
la  Acacia,"  which  currently  has  about  1000  members. 

An  applicant  can  be  a  member  of  the  Communist 
Party,  but  membersof  Cuba's  "Rapid  Response 
Brigades,"  civilian  groups  organized  to  harass  dissi- 
dents, are  barred  because  "Masons  must  be  tolerant 
people."  All  members  are  required  to  avoid  political 
debate  in  lodge  meetings  and  to  keep  the  content  of 
such  proceedings  secret.  Appbcants  who  have 
committed  common  crimes  are  not  admitted,  though 
those  convicted  of  "political  crimes"  are  ebgible.  The 
Masons  include  several  current  and  past  political 
prisoners,  though  the  majority  of  members  are  "more 
or  less  integrated  in  the  Revolution." 

The  Masons  used  to  provide  student  scholarships 
as  well  as  run  a  university,  a  retirement  home,  a 
library  and  a  charity  for  poor  children.  From  1959 
until  1993  only  the  retirement  home  functioned.  The 
state  provided  over  half  the  budget,  mainly  in  the 
form  of  medicine,  and  Masons  were  given  priority  in 
admission. 

The  Masons  now  wish  to  reactivate  their  social 
programs,  moving  carefully  due  to  state  monitoring. 
They  reopened  their  library  to  the  general  public  in 
May  1994  after  hesitating  for  fear  of  provoking  a  state 
takeover  of  their  rare  book  collection.  They  received 
donations  of  books  and  magazines  from  the  German, 
Brazilian,  Argentine  embassies,  as  well  as  the  U.S. 
Interests  Section.  University  students  have  started  to 
use  the  facility  partly  because  for  some  topics  the 
Masonic  library  is  the  only  source  in  all  of  Cuba. 


The  organization  is  now  appealing  for  medicines, 
office  supplies,  and  library  equipment  from  Masons 
and  other  NGOs  from  abroad.  The  group  is  also 
contemplating  running  small  conferences  on  social 
issues,  in\iting  diplomats  from  the  U.S.  Interests 
Section  and  ex-sodalist  countries. 

The  Catholic  Church  is  also  seeking  to  develop 
sodal  programs  independent  of  the  state.  Caritas 
organizes  visits  to  the  house-bound  elderly  and  has 
established  a  group  to  help  parents  raise  Dovvms 
Syndrome  childrea  Its  most  politically  intriguing 
initiative,  however,  concerns  private  entrepreneur- 
ship. 

VVTien  the  government  legalized  certain  types  of 
family-scale  private  activity  in  1993,  (technically 
called  "work  on  one's  own  account"),  Caritas  sought 
to  aid  furniture  and  shoe  repair  artisans.  It  con- 
cluded that  because  the  fledgling  entrepreneurs  were 
not  grouped  in  a  dvil  association,  they  were  unable 
to  defend  themselves  against  criticism  by  those  who 
resented  their  growing  prosperity.  Caritas  was  also 
concerned  the  new  businesses  could  not  get  raw 
materials  and  had  nowhere  to  turn  for  managerial 
advice.  Many  foreign  NGOs  have  offered  to  provide 
assistance  with  these  difficulties  via  Caritas,  and  the 
organization  is  contemplating  setting  up  a  credit, 
material  supply  and  advice  program  to  support  this 
new  sector.  "If  Cubans  do  not  learn  the  rudiments  of 
private  enterprise,  and  Cuban  Americans  from 
Miami  are  eventually  allowed  access  to  the  economy, 
local  entrepreneurs  vrill  be  swamped.  We  want  to 
help  avoid  that,"  said  a  Caritas  representative. 

While  these  incidents  of  independence  are  rela- 
tively insignificant,  each  represents  an  incremental 
strengtiiening  of  the  NGO  vis  a  vis  the  state. 


IMPACT  ON  CIVIL  SOCIETY 

Some  Cuban  NGOs,  while  not  explicitly  demon- 
strating autonomy,  have  undertaken  activities  which 
expand  dvil  society  or  bring  an  independent  light  to 
bear  on  a  controversijJ  topic. 

The  artistic  activities  of  the  Pablo  Milanes  Founda- 
tion frequently  focus  on  Afro-Cuban  cultiire,  in 
contrast  to  the  state's  more  European  emphasis.  The 
summer  1994  issue  of  the  Foundation's  magazine, 
Proposiciones,  defended  the  controversial  film  Alicia 
en  el  Pueblo  de  las  Maravillas  (Alice  in  Wonderland), 
which  was  removed  from  Cuban  cinemas  in  1992 
due  to  official  discomfort  with  its  critical  stance.  The 
Foundation  has  also  facilitated  administrative  decen- 
tralization. When  it  initiated  coixstruction  of  a  re- 
search center  on  African  culture,  it  resisted  pressure 
to  go  through  state  institutions  and  directly  con- 
tracted a  group  of  construction  workers,  paying  them 
in  pesos  and  equipment.  The  central  authorities 
opposed  the  arrangement,  but  an  alliance  between 


99 


February  1995  •  9 


tfie  Foundation,  the  workers  tfiemselves,  and  the 
local  authorities  finally  prevailed. 

Of  course,  the  Foundation  is  not  totally  free  of 
government  intrusion.  Taxes  are  graduaJly  being 
introduced  in  the  Cuban  system,  and  the  government 
wants  to  establish  a  25%  levy  on  foundations.  The 
Milanfe  Foundation,  as  the  sole  representative  of  this 
type  of  organization,  is  fitting  for  a  14%  tax. 

The  Yoruba  Cultural  Association  has  also  strength- 
ened civil  society.  Practitioners  of  Yoruba  ceremo- 
nies have  long  experienced  tense  relations  with  the 
state.  Though  Castro  legalized  the  previously  pro- 
hibited tradition  in  1959,  until  recently  practitioners 
were  officially  denied  entry  into  the  Cuban  Commu- 
nist Party.  The  Associabon  admits  dissidents, 
though  like  the  Masons  they  are  required  not  to 
"bring  political  problems  into  meetings." 

The  group  organized  two  international  confer- 
ences on  Yonjba  culture  in  1992  and  1994.  It  had 
difficulty  organizing  the  first,  in  part  because  the 
Ministry  of  Culture  failed  to  process  visas  for  160 
foreigners  who  vtished  to  attend.  This  deprived  the 
Association  of  revenue  from  conference  fees.  The 
Central  Committee's  Office  of  Religious  Affairs 
intervened  in  the  1994  confereiKe,  and  visas  were 
issued  smoothly.  The  conference  profit  went  into  the 
Association's  hard  currency  account,  to  be  used  to 
construct  a  museum  intended  as  an  c«\going  source 
of  both  hard  currency  and  peso  revenues. 

The  1994  conference  touched  on  some  sensitive 
topics.  One  presentation  explored  the  "sodo-cultural 
significance  of  la  letra  del  ano."  La  letra  is  a  prediction 
made  at  the  beginning  of  every  year  by  interpreting 
tossed  coconut  shells.  The  Association  estimates  that 
three-quarters  of  Cuba's  population  places  some 
credence  in  its  forecast.  Consequently,  the  Cuban 
authorities  have  long  attempted  to  influerKe  the 
babalawos  (Yoruba  priests)  who  conduct  tfie  ceremo- 
nies, to  ensure  the  prediction  is  neutral  or  favorable 
to  the  government.  The  Association  has  resisted  such 
political  corruption,  and  has  contested  "pliant" 
babalawos'  attempts  to  register. 

While  the  .Association  would  appreciate  donations, 
especially  to  its  museum  project,  it  was  the  only 
Cuban  NGO  contacted  which  expressed  concern 
about  the  impact  ^f  donations  upon  recipient  charac- 
ter. "We  don't  w<.nt  too  much  help  because  we  don't 
want  to  become  dependent,"  said  the  Association's 
president  in  an  interview. 

Curiously,  some  NGOs  with  structures  and  prac- 
tices which  classify  them  as  state-front  organizations 
have  occasionally  sponsored  projects  which 
strengthen  dvil  society.  For  example,  the  FMC, 
headed  by  the  wife  of  the  Minister  of  Defense,  pex- 
mits  CECE  to  "coordinate"  activities  associated  with 
donations,  and  "consults"  the  Communist  Party 
concerning  selection  of  delegates  to  the  FMC's 


periodic  congresses.  The  FMC,  with  a  United  Na- 
tions Development  Program  (UNDP)  donation,  has 
also  provided  courses  for  women  to  leam  skills 
useful  for  starting  their  own  family-scale  private 
enterprises.  Women  have  been  trained  in  bicycle 
repair,  cosmetics,  hair  styling,  computer  science, 
electrical  repair  and  plumbing.  (The  UNDP  defined 


"All  the  workers  knew  the  hospital  was  living 

from  the  donations  of  the  Ecumenical  Council," 

said  the  Council's  President  in  an  interview. 

"They  could  not  do  enough  to  help  us..." 


the  FMC  as  an  NGO,  despite  its  structiire  and  prac- 
tices.) 

If  one  accepts  the  argument  that  small  scale  private 
enterprise  builds  citizen  independence,  then  the  FMC 
projects  have  strengthened  dvil  sodety.  However, 
the  FMC's  offidal  connections  also  mean  that 
women's  expanded  employment  opportunities 
simultaneously  enhance  the  image  of  the  state. 

Foreign  dorutions  have  cilso  increased  the  prestige 
of  non-state  organizations  in  the  eyes  of  the  general 
population.  When  the  grandson  of  the  President  of 
Cuba's  Ecximerucal  Coundl  was  admitted  to  a  rural 
hospital,  the  staff  rearted  warmly.  "All  the  workers 
knew  the  hospital  was  living  from  the  donations  of 
the  Eciunerucal  Coundl,"  said  the  Council's  Presi- 
dent in  an  interview.  "They  could  not  do  enough  to 
help  us.  We  now  have  a  positive  image  at  the  popu- 
lar level.  This  is  quite  different  from  what  we  would 
have  encountered  five  years  ago." 


ADVOCATED  STRATEGIES 

What  strategy  a  potential  foreign  donor  adopts 
regarding  interactions  with  Cuban  NGOs  partially 
depends  upon  how  the  donor  defines  an  NGO. 

A  diplomat  posted  at  the  U.S.  Interests  Section  in 
Havana  remarked,  "If  an  organization  includes 
people  who  tcike  a  position  independent  from  that  of 
the  government,  then  the  organization  should  be 
considered  a  legitimate  NGO."  He  characterized 
think  tanks  that  were  never  pcui  of  the  Cuban  univer- 
sity system,  such  as  CEA  and  CEE,  as  illegitimate 
NGOs.  In  contrast  he  considered  the  faculties  of 
history  and  philosophy  at  the  University  of  Havana 
to  be  "totally  independent." 

A  leader  of  Cai  Itas  said  that  even  if  an  organiza- 
tion is  led  by  an  individual  selected  by  the  state  and 
receives  much  of  its  funding  from  the  state,  if  it  has 
its  own  independent  projects  which  help  build  dvil 
sodety,  it  is  legitimate.  If,  however,  the  organization 
simply  acts  as  a  bridge  to  send  resources  to  the  state. 


100 


10  •  Cuba  Briefing  Paper 


it  is  illegitimate.  A  problem  with  this  definibon  is 
that  in  one  circumstance  a  given  NGO  may  channel 
hmds  to  the  state,  and  in  another  it  will  act  indepen- 
dently. Some  observers  have  even  argued  that  the 
former  act  may  be  the  price  paid  for  the  latter  oppor- 
tunity. 

The  Catholic  Bishop  of  Santiago  had  a  chronologi- 
cal criteria,  remarking  that  NGOs  formed  after  1989 
were  more  likely  to  be  genuine  than  those  formed 
before  1989.  Cuban  dissident  Gustavo  Arcos  felt  that 
a  small  portion  of  state  support  would  not  jeopardize 
NGO  status  and  argued  that  a  group  led  by  a  reli- 
gious person  "is  more  likely  to  be  a  genuine  orgaru- 
ration." 

Those  observers  who  believed  that  an  organization 
could  have  some  stale  funds  and  still  be  a  genuine 
NGO  tended  to  support  a  Cuba  donati'^n  strategy 
currently  under  consideration  by  an  important 
coalition  of  European  NGOs.  This  coalition  is  con- 
templating providing  small  amoimts  of  funds  to  a 
wide  variety  of  Cuban  NGOs,  including  those  which 
appear  to  simply  be  fronts  for  channeling  resources 
to  the  state.  TTie  coalition  would  then  return  a  year 
later  and  investigate  if  the  resources  had  been  used 
to  make  the  recipient  more  or  less  independent  of  the 
state.  Those  which  had  become  more  independent 
would  receive  additional  financing. 

This  strategy  has  the  obvious  advantage  of  empiri- 
cally testing  the  impact  of  donations  upon  indepen- 
dence. However,  it  has  the  disad\antage  that  during 
the  experimental  stage  some  "front"  NGOs  would  be 
financed.  Curiously,  the  Catholic  Bishop  of  Santiago, 
who  had  been  quite  skeptical  about  the  legitimacy  of 
Cuba's  NGOs,  was  favorably  disposed.  He  said,  "It  is 
imp>ortant  that  a  space  be  created  m  Cuba,  a  no  man's 
land  where  one  can  do  things  without  having  to 
declare  oneself  for  or  against  the  state.  The  more  the 
no  man's  land  grows,  the  better.  This  strateg)'  would 
expand  that  space."  Gustavo  Arcos  also  supported 
the  strateg}',  commenting  "It  is  worth  running  the 
risk  of  aiding  false  NGOs.  It  would  be  an  investment 


in  Cuba's  future  civil  society,  and  in  any  investment 
there  is  risk." 


CONCLUSION 

It  is  up  to  the  individual  reader  to  evaluate  the  role 
of  Cuba's  NGOs  and  the  wisdom  of  foreign  dona- 
tions. This  paper's  research  suggests  that  while 
foreign  assistance  Ccin  help  a  Cuban  NGO  break 
away  from  state  dependence,  it  wiil  not  necessarily 
produce  that  result.  Furthermore,  the  dividing  line 
between  independent  and  captive  NGOs  is  not 
always  clearly  visible.  An  NGO  which  in  one  in- 
stance simply  channels  funds  to  the  state  may,  in 
another  circumstance,  genuinely  represent  an  inde- 
pendent citizen  group.  In  addition,  a  foreign  dona- 
tion to  a  semi-independent  Cuban  NGO  can  para- 
doxically both  aid  the  state  by  permitting  the  NGO's 
state  allies  to  take  partial  credit  for  a  problem  solved, 
and  strengthen  civil  society  by  demonstrating  the 
power  of  organized  citizens. 

If  Cuba  continues  to  implement  market-oriented 
econonnic  reforms,  it  is  likely  that  the  accompanying 
decentralization  will  afford  greater  space  for  genuine 
NGOs,  and  the  net  independence-strengthening 
effect  of  foreign  donations  will  increase.  However,  as 
long  as  the  one-part)'  system  remains  intact,  Cuban 
NGOs  wiil  have  to  strike  some  compromises  with  the 
state. 

Are  Cuba's  NGOs  government  puppets  or  seeds  of 
dviT  society?  The  answer  is  ideologically  and  intellec- 
tually unsatisfying.  They  are  both,  though  the  latter 
characteristic  is  very  gradually  growing. 


Gillian  Gunn  is  Director  of  the  Georgetown  University 
Cuba  Project.  Her  book,  Cuba  m  Transition:  Options  for 
U.S.  Policy,  was  published  by  the  Twentieth  Century 
Fund  in  October  1993  Her  most  recent  Briefjr.g  Paper, 
"Balancing  Economic  Efficiency,  Social  Conci.i  ns  and 
Political  Control,"  was  published  in  March  1994. 


No.  2        May  1993 


Back  issues  of  the  Georgetown  University  Cuba  Briefing  Paper  Series  are  available  free  of  charge  for 
subscribers,  and  at  a  cost  of  $1250  per  issue  to  non-subscribers. 

No.  1         January  1993  The  Sociologies  Impact  of  Rising  Foreign  Investment,"  by  Gillian  Gium 

The  Collapse  of  The  Soviet  Union  and  The  Eastern  Bloc:  Effecis  on  Cuban  Health  Care," 
by  Kathleen  Barrett 

"Latin  American  Perspectives  on  The  Cuban  Transition,"  by  Boris  Yopo  H. 
"Cuba's  Armed  Forces:  From  Trramph  to  Survival,"  by  Richard  U  Millett 
"Balancing  Economic  Ef6dency,  Social  Concerns  and  Political  Control,"  by  Gillian  Guxm 
"Dollars,  Darkness  and  Diploirucy:  Three  Perspectives  on  Cuba,"  by  Joan  M.  Caivano, 
Lisa  Garda,  and  Janet  Hall 


No.  3 

July  1993 

No.  4 

September  1993 

No.  5 

March  1994 

No.  6 

July  1994 

101 


By  KEVIN  FEOARKO 


THE  HEMISPHERE'S  LAST  COMMU- 
nist  begins  his  evening  with  a 
martini.  As  he  plucks  the 
quintessentially  American  re- 
freshment from  the  tray.  Fidel 
Castro  seems  surprisin^y  mul- 
ed. Or  perhaps  it  is  simply  the 
mark  of  age:  he  is  still  a  big  man,  trim  and 
barrel -chested,  but  his  68  years  are  visible 
in  the  skin  of  his  fece,  which  is  approaching 
the  translucence  of  old  parchment 

Taking  his  visitors  on  a  slow  walking 
tour  of  Havana's  labyrinthine  Palacio  de  la 
Revolucion,  Castro  gestures  toward  an 
enormous  mosaic  of  birds,  animals  and 
flowers  that  dominates  the  reception  hall 
and  quietly  begins  a  story.  The  artist,  he  ex- 
plains, cast  the  ceramic  tiles  at  the  same 
time  the  architect  was  completing  the 


with  a  group  of  Time  editors  and  corre- 
spondents, the  Cuban  leader  talked  of  ev- 
erything from  the  perfidy  of  his  former  So- 
viet allies  to  the  numerous  attempts  on  his 
life  by  the  U.S^  joking  that  he  holds  an 
"Olympic  record"  in  surviving  assassina- 
tion plots.  But  in  truth  he  faces  now  what 
may  be  his  gravest  challenge  yet. 

No  matter  how  vehemently  he  may 
deny  it— and  he  does— the  Cuban  leader 
cannot  escape  the  fact  that  after  36  years  of 
wily  international  gamesmanship,  he  is 
stranded  on  the  wrong  side  of  history.  The 
Soviet  patrons  who  financed  his  "socialist 
paradise"  for  three  decades  have  coUapsed. 
The  communist  bedrock  upon  which  he 
built  his  edifice  of  power  has  proved  itself 
bankrupt  on  virtually  every  continent  of 
the  gtebe.  As  his  own  people  clamor  for  a 
better  life,  Cuba's  socialist  dream  appears 
to  be  fading  fast 


master,  however,  is  a  neat  trick  indeed: 
modifying  Cuba's  communist  system 
enough  to  survive  but  not  so  much  that  he 
betrays  the  revolution. 

SINCE  THE  FALL  OF  THE  COMMUNIST  BLOC 

in  1989  and  the  loss  of  Soviet  subsidies  in 
1992.  Cuba  has  suffered  through  a  period 
of  plummeting  prospenty  that  is  euphe- 
mistically known  as  the  "special  period." 
Imports  have  dried  up.  Industry  has  folded 
in  on  itself.  Cuba's  No.  I  money  earner,  the 
sugar  crop,  amounted  to  less  than  4  million 
tons  this  year— a  level  not  seen  for  decades. 
The  island's  factories  are  producing  at  orJy 
30%  capacity,  giving  rise  to  shortages  in  ev- 
erything from  clothes  and  cosmetics  to  pots 
and  pans. 

Castro  has  been  loath  to  respond  by  re- 
nouncing his  socialist  credo  in  the  fashion 
of  former  communists  like  Boris  Yeltsin. 


COVER  STORIES 


•h  f^ri"'"  •■'  ,.^T-.'ii. 


Bereft  of  patrons,  desperate  to  rescue  his  econom\', 
Fidel  tiims  to  an  unusual  solution:  capitalism  marke 


buildings  intenor  Through  some  misun- 
derstanding between  the  two  men,  the 
ceiling  was  built  too  low.  When  it  came 
time  to  install  the  intricately  etched  tiles, 
the  top  two  rows  did  not  fit.  The  artist  nev- 
er forgave  the  architect  whose  miscalcula- 
tions robbed  his  mosaic  of  its  crown. 

Someone  asks  what  became  of  the  ar- 
chitect. Was  he  fired  for  his  mistake?  Con- 
templating the  missing  top  rows,  Castro 
shrugs.  "No."  he  deadpans,  testing  his  lis- 
teners' sense  of  humor  "He  was  shot." 
Then  Castro  roars  with  laughter  at  his  joke, 
a  parody  of  hts  image  as  a  bloodthirsty  dic- 
tator And  with  that,  the  evening  and  the 
aging  commandant  suddenly  come  alive. 

In  a  dinner  conversation  two  weeks  ago 
DEFIANT  Despite  his  years,  Rdel's 
personality  Is  as  forceful  as  ever 


Castro  remains  firmly  in  power;  despite 
an  economic  crisis  that  gives  him  no  good 
options,  he  does  not  face  the  imminent  col- 
lapse of  his  regime.  His  tactical  skills,  his 
powers  of  endurance  and  the  affection  of 
many  Cubans  are  intact.  There  is  no  orga- 
nized opposition  to  him  inside  the  country. 
His  army  and  security  forces  are  large  and 
efficient  Despite  spasms  of  discontent, 
like  the  riot  last  August  that  helped  unleash 
the  rafter  exodus,  there  is  nothing  like  a 
Tiananmen  brewing.  And  unlike  many 
similar  leaders,  he  has  surrounded  himself 
not  with  cronies  and  coat  holders  but  with 
the  best  and  the  brightest  his  country  has  to 
offer.  He  may  be  constrained  by  a  terrible 
economy  and  his  enduring  faith  in  the 
failed  ideology  that  produced  it  but  Fidel 
is  not  finished  yet  The  trick  he  is  trying  to 


But  to  salvage  what  remains  of  his  econo- 
my, he  has  been  forced  to  adapt  impKJsing 
some  measures  that  are  anathema  to  his 
beliefs.  In  1990,  for  example,  Castro  began 
soliciting  foreign  investment.  Thou^  he 
continues  to  declare  that  Cuba  will  never 
sell  off  its  state-run  companies,  he  has 
opened  up  strategic  areas  such  as  telecom- 
munications, oil  exploration  and  mining  to 
joint  ventures.  The  latest  shocker:  condo- 
miniums for  sale  to  foreigners,  with  titillat- 
ing hints  that  even  land  ownership  may 
soon  be  possible.  Drawn  by  the  promise  of 
pent-up  demand  and  the  conviction  that 
in  the  words  of  a  confidential  Bntish  report 
to  investors,  the  reform  process  is  "cohe- 
sive, systematic  and  unstoppable."  Canadi- 
an, Mexican  and  European  businessmen 
are  taking  the  gamble. 


TIME.  FEBRUARY  20. 1995 


51 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


102 


3  9999  05983  799  5 


Time,  February  20,   1995 


By  the  end  of  1994,  Cuba  had  signed 
deals  for  185  foreign  joint  ventures.  The 
Spaniards  and  Germans  were  among  the 
first  to  invest  in  tourism,  which  grew  at  an 
annual  rate  of  17%  between  1991  and  1993; 
now  interest  is  rising  in  Canada  and  across 
Europe.  Meanwhile,  the  Monterrey-based 
magnate  Javier  Carza-Calderon  of  Mexi- 
co's Grupo  Domos  bought  up  half  the  Cu- 
ban phone  system  in  a  $1.5  billion  deal  last 
year.  June  saw  the  arrival  of  Cuba's  first 
foreign  financial  institution,  the  Dutch 
INC  Bank.  British  companies  are  looking 
into  oil  exploration-even  though  France's 
giant  Total  has  recently  pulled  out-and 
Unilever,  the  British-Dutch  giant,  pro- 
duces toiletries  and  detergents  for  the  do- 
mestic Cuban  market.  Italy's  Benetton 
now  boasts  five  retail  stores  on  the  island, 
and  plans  three  more  by  the  end  of  1996, 
while  Japanese  automakers  Mitsubishi  and 
Nissan  are  now  sold  in  flavana. 

Even  Israel,  the  only  counhy  to  side 
with  the  U.S.  in  a  recent  United  Nations 
vote  condemning  the  American  ti^de  em- 
bargo, does  business  with  Cuba;  Israeli 
firms  are  second  only  to  Mexican  compa- 
nies in  textile  investinents.  These  days,  the 
palm-lined  patio  at  the  elegant  La  Ferminia 
restaurant  in  suburban  Flores  is  jammed 
with  foreign  businessmen  power-lunching 
with  government  ministers  and  discreetly 
whispering  into  their  ceDular  phones. 

All  of  which  has  made  for  a  singular 
irony;  the  only  people  left  on  the  sidelines 
are  the  Americans.  According  to  a  White 
House  source,  the  Clinton  Administration 
doesn't  feel  the  changes  in  Cuba  have 
been  substantial  enough  to  justify  a  diplo- 
matic rapprochement,  while  the  conser- 
vative Republicans  now  in  control  of  the 
U.S.  Congress-pressured  by  Miami's 
community  of  Cuban  Americans— are 
bent  on  keeping  the  door  to  Cuba  firmly 
closed  to  U.S.  companies.  Just  last  week 
Senate  Foreign  Relations  Committee 
chairman  Jesse  Helms  introduced  legisla- 
tion that  would  tighten  the  33-year-old 
economic  embargo  even  more. 

"Let  me  be  clear,"  said  Helms. 
"Whether  Castro  leaves  Cuba  in  a  vertical 
or  horizontal  position  is  up  to  him  and  the 
Cuban  people.  But  he  must  and  will  leave 
Cuba." 

NEVERTHELESS,  CASTRO  HAS  ALSO  TAKEN  A 

number  of  other  steps  to  ensure  that  this 
will  not  happen  any  time  soon.  In  the  dol- 
drums of  1993  he  legalized  trade  in  dol- 
lars, widened  opportunities  for  self-em- 
ployment and  turned  over  state  farms  to 
cooperatives  or  families.  When  food  short- 
ages became  critical  last  fall,  farmers  were 
finally  permitted  to  sell  some  of  their  pro- 
duce on  the  open  market. 


Regardless  of  how  disagreeable  Fidel's 
apparatchiks  may  find  these  measures, 
they  have  produced  real  change.  The  trad- 
ing ignited  by  newly  legalized  dollars  has 
been  fueling  the  economy  for  the  past  18 
months.  Despite  Clinton's  move  last  Au- 
gust to  diminish  the  remittances  sent  by 
Cuban  Americans  to  their  families  back  on 
the  island,  millions  manage  to  get 
through.  Last  year  Cubans  spent  nearly  a 
billion  dollars  buying  imported  consumer 
goods  in  600  state-run  stores  across  the 
island. 

Moreover,  since  the  opening  of  the 
farmer's  markets  last  October,  there  has 
been  a  flurry  of  economic  activity  even 
within  the  moribund  peso-driven  sector  of 
the  economy.  One  such  place  is  the  Maria- 
nao  farmer's  market,  in  a  drab  workers' 
suburb  of  Havana,  where  customers  seem 
to  be  complaining  about  high  prices— but 
are  still  buying.  A  vendor  named  Jorge  is 
doing  a  brisk  trade  in  his  homemade  mari- 
nade of  vinegar,  garlic,  onion,  salt  and 
cumin.  "I  used  to  teach  language  at  the 
university,"  he  explains.  "But  I  was  mak- 
ing only  325  pesos  a  month.  Life  is  very  ex- 
pensive, so  I  have  become  a  merchant." 
His  entrepreneurial  eflForts  earn  him  1,000 
pesos  a  day. 

IN  GENERAL,  CUBANS  NOW  SENSE  THATTHE 

country  has  turned  a  crucial  financial  cor- 
ner since  the  black  days  of  1993,  when  the 
worst  effects  of  the  economic  collapse 
were  being  felt.  "For  a  while,  even  among 
revolutionaries,  there  was  a  depressed 
mood,"  admits  National  Assembly  Presi- 
dent Ricardo  Alarcon.  "Now  that's  over. 
People  realize  there  is  a  way  out." 

THE   WAY  Oirr   IS   PROVINC   A   DimcULT 

road  for  Castro's  most  loyal  minions,  since 
it  requires  discarding-temporarily,  thev 
assure  themselves-several  pillars  of  Cu- 
ba's socialist  dogma.   The  old  Central 
Planning  Board,  which  piloted  the  state- 
directed  economy,  has  been  abolished. 
Last  year  the  government  claims  to  have 
cut  the  budget  deficit  72%  by  slashing  its 
bloated  work  force,  eliminating  dozens  of 
subsidies  and  imposing  price  increases  on 
such  things  as  cigars,  alcohol  and  electinc- 
ity.  These  measures  do  not  sit  well  with 
party  stalwarts.  "We  made  these  changes 
not  because  we  like  it,  but  because  we  had 
to,"  laments  Communist  Party  official  Jose 
Arbesii.  "The  point  of  no  return  would  be 
to  put  all  production  in  private  hands.  But 
we  are  not  going  to  do  it." 

Cuban   Americans   and   conservative 
politicians  in  Washington  insist  that  keep- 


103 


Time,  February  20,  1995 


ing  the  trade  embargo  firmly  in  place  will 
hasten  Castro's  demise.  But  this  line  of 
thinking  ignores  the  bedrock  of  loyalty 
that  many  ordinary  Cubans  feel  for  Cas- 
tro, whose  revolution  has  provided  every 
adult  citizen  with  free  health  care,  educa- 
tion and  a  social-welfare  net.  Castro  has 
long  profited  by  laying  the  blame  for  Cu- 
ba's economic  troubles  on  the  U.S.  Re- 
sentment of  the  embargo— particularly 
when  U.S.  sanctions  against  Vietnam  have 
been  lifted— only  reinforces  a  fierce  pride. 
Cubans  are  nationalists  even  more  than 
they  are  socialists  or  incipient  capitalists, 
and  pressuring  them  from  the  outside 

makes  even  more  unlikely  the  full-scale 
rebellion  that  Cuban  Americans  would 
like  to  ignite. 

The  biggest  impact  of  the  U.S.  eco- 
nomic restrictions  is  the  damage  they  in- 
flict on  American  businesses.  For  many 
foreign  firms  now  attempting  to  establish 
a  foothold  in  Cuba,  the  embargo  repre- 
sents a  golden  opportunity  to  do  business 
without  U.S.  competition.  One  example  is 
mining.  By  the  end  of  last  year,  the  Cubans 
had  signed  joint-venture  exploration 
deals  for  nickel,  gold,  silver,  copper,  lead 
and  zinc  with  a  number  of  Canadian  and 
Australian  companies.  "A  company  of  our 
ilk  would  never  have  the  opportunity  if  we 
had  to  compete  with  American  capital," 
said  Frank  Smeenk,  president  of  Canada's 
MacDonald  Mines  Exploration  Ltd.,  as  he 
celebrated  the  good  news  on  drilling  re- 
sults with  a  Cuban  minister. 

While  Smeenk  and  others  make  mon- 
ey, American  businessmen  can  only  sit 
back  and  salivate.  American  economists 
estimate  that  when  the  embargo  is  finally 
lifted,  U.S.  business  could  total  as  much  as 
$1  billion  in  the  first  year  alone.  "The  peo- 
ple in  Miami  have  the  best  intentions,  but 
the  time  has  come  to  change,"  says 
Dwayne  Andreas,  head  of  Archer  Daniels 


Midland.  "The  U.S.  is  missing  hundreds  of 
business  opportunities,  and  well  probably 
be  locked  out  of  Cuba  for  half  a  century." 

It  is  a  testament  to  the  size  of  the  prize 
that,  despite  the  risks,  an  increasing  num- 
ber of  Americans  are  sneaking  into  Havana 
with  the  hope  of  working  out  arrangements 
uhder  the  table.  According  to  Cuba's  Min- 
istry of  Foreign  Investment  and  Economic 
Cfooperation,  representatives  of  more  than 
IJOO  U.S.  corporations  have  visited  the  is- 
liand  in  the  past  year  with  hopes  of  doing 
business  in  a  postembargo  Cuba.  At  least 
26  American  firms  signed  nonbinding  let- 
ters of  intent  in  tourism,  medicine  and  bio- 
technology. "We're  upset  that  we're  not 
getting  a  piece  of  the  action,"  declares  a 
frustrated  investor  from  Arizona  who  was 
spotted  in  the  Hotel  Nacional  investigating 
opportunities  in  marinas  and  real  estate. 
"Why  not  us?" 

Eager  to  help  pave  the  way,  a  handful  of 
savvy  consultants  from  New  York  City, 
Washington  and  Miami  jet  in  monthly  to 
maintain  relations  with  Cuban  officials  for 
American  companies  shy  of  openly  violat- 
ing U.S.  law.  Other  firms  simply  take  the 
risk  themselves.  Executives  from  such 
companies  as  Hyatt,  Marriott,  Merck  and 
Eli  LiDy  have  been  seen  around  Havana. 
One  Western  diplomat  in  Cuba  laughs  at 
the  increasingly  flagrant  violations,  even 
by  exiles  in  Miami  who  have  spent  30  years 
condemning  Castro.  The  U.S.  embargo  is 
a  sieve,"  he  says.  "Even  Cuban  Americans 
are  coming  here  to  look  at  business 
opportunities." 

NO  ONE,  EXCEPT  PERHAPS  THOSE  IN  CAS- 

tro's  inner  circle,  knows  how  far  the  old  rev- 
olutionary is  prepared  to  allow  economic 
changes  to  go.  Insiders  say  there  is  a  lack  of 
consensus  in  the  government  The  guiding 
philosophy  seems  to  be  to  avoid  any  move 
that  might  threaten  the  social  order  and  the 
poUtical  status  quo.  Castro  appears  resistant 
to  any  but  the  most  modest  concessions,  and 
while  a  well-honed  instinct  for  survival  may 
drive  him  and  his  closest  associates  further 
into  dalh'ance  with  ftee  enterprise,  they 
have  not  shown  an  intellectual  acceptance 
of  the  superiority  of  market  forces.  Without 
an  independent  source  of  income,  the  Cu- 
ban regime  will  have  to  continue  grudgingly 
to  open  up  the  economy,  but  the  moves  will 
be  fitful  and  reverses  inevitable. 

Yet  even  as  he  flirts  with  capitalism,  Cas- 
tro continues  to  insist  that  communism  is 
alive  and  well  in  Cuba,  "fm  still  a  commu- 
nisC  he  declared,  w^ien  asked  if  he  thou^t 
his  experiment  with  Marx  had  been  a  fail- 
ure. "I  am  proud  to  be  one.  Why  do  I  have  to 
renege  on  my  principles?  I  have  no  choice 
but  to  continue  being  a  communist"  It  is  an 
intrepid  defense  of  an  idea  whose  time  has 
passed.  -Rapofttd  by  Cathy  Boolh/HavanM,wlth 
otfwrburaaia 


ISBN  0-16-047156-7 


9'780160"471568 


90000